Home

QNAP TS-559 PRO+

1. i New Share Folder_ Restore Default Network Shares Cl teston GEIB C testooo2 4KB 0 0 No 2 za mes O testoons 4 KB 0 D No AHAHA C testooos 4 KB 0 0 No Ee O testoons 4 KB 0 0 No 2 ea nes C testons 4 KEB 0 0 No GABOR C testoooy 4 KE 0 0 No GAGES CO testoons 4 KB 0 0 No ea nes C testooog 4 KE 0 0 No 2 za nes C testoote 4 KB 0 0 No 2 B nes NS Total 20 Display 10 entries per page TE 2 ee On 167 Import Export Users You can import users to or export users from the NAS with this function Note The password rules if applicable will not be applied when importing the user list Export users Follow the steps below to export users from the NAS 1 Click Import Export Users Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Users Welcome admin Logout English Users ki meny EN E Bees E a Create a New User create Multiple users Import Export Users Piece EEE ee ee admin aAA messayebus eae alex aae van e recast e C eg 0 ERAN ROOEO EERO ORES Delete Total 5 Display 20 entries per page rele eee EH 2 Select the option Export user and user group settings 168 3 Click NEXT to download and save the account setting file bin The file can be imported to another NAS for account setup Import Export Users ONAP Import Export Users TURBO NAS O Import
2. Manufacturer HF mictec KONICA MINOLTA After installing the correct printer driver the wizard shows the address and driver of the new network printer You ve successfully added NASPR3 on http 10 8 13 59 631 Printer name MASPRS on http 10 8 13 59 631 This printer has been installed with the HP LaserJet 2300 series PS driver 420 8 You may also set the network printer as the default printer or print a test page Click Finish to exit the wizard i You ve successfully added NASPR3 on http 10 8 13 59 631 f test page To check if your printer is working properly orto see troubleshooting information for the printer print a 9 The new network printer is now available for printing 421 The following description applies to Windows 7 and Vista OS Follow the steps below to set up your printer connection 1 On the Run menu enter NAS IP Type the name of a program folder document or Internet resource and Windows will open it for you i This task will be created with administrative privileges 2 Find the network printer icon and double click it gt t Network 192 168 0169 ae Ir CC wy Organize f Views mm Network and Sharing Center Favorite Links Name Type Comments Documents Network Recycle Bin 1 Public E Pictures lt Dua J Fy Music 4 Recently Changed J Qdownload J Qmultimedia E Searches gee List i P
3. Co Export user and group account settings Step 1 of 3 NEXT E CANCEL 170 3 Click Browse and select the file txt csv bin which contains the users information Click NEXT to import the users 4 A list of imported users will be displayed Any users with abnormal status highlighted in red will be Skipped Note that this step will not be shown if you import users by a BIN file Import Export Users Import User Preview UserName Password Quota Group Name Status test test 2000 test Cannot create a user The user account already exists user i userii 2000 test Create a New User Group user userl z000 test Create a New User Group userds useros e test Create a New User Group user 4 userid 2000 test Create a New User Group users users 2U00 test Create a New User Group 4 i Mo a Sten 2 of 3 y E cance 5 Click NEXT to create the user accounts 171 6 Click Finish after the users have been created Import Export Users NAP Import Export Users TURBO NAS The user account has been created Step 3 ots P FINISH i 7 The imported user accounts will be shown Users Local Users Mel a admin a GIGI C messagebus Paea alex Maas O ran CEA O icecat 9 e e E jies GEES O useri gogg LI E LI E sert2 TAAS az ae a ae Tr eae Total 11 Display z0 v entries per page Ta om Sey 172
4. Ea Mx Lookup Blacklists Diagnostics Analyze Headers SPF Records Free Monitoring DNS Lookup Company Contact Beta y Su pe rTool ManageE er Command NetFlow qnap dyndns office com Analyzer Starts at 795 tae Identify Top Talkers A qnap dyndns office com MAA reverse lookup smtp diag portscan blacklist Analyze Traffic 498 Port Forwarding If your NAS is located behind an NAT router you need to open the ports of some services on the NAT router and forward these ports to the fixed LAN IP of the NAS so that you can connect to the services correctly from the Internet This function is available on most routers in the market and is often known as Port Forwarding NAT Server or Virtual Server For example to connect to the administration interface of NAS series you need to open port 8080 Current open service ports on QNAP NAS 8080 All models TS 101 201 with firmware Web based system management v2 3 0 or later 6000 TS 100 101 201 firmware prior to v2 1 1 nC Web based system management 499 15 Set SMS and Email Alert QNAP NAS supports SMS and email alert to inform the users of system error or warning SMS is the abbreviation of Short Message Service which is known for the mobile text message service By subscribing with the SMS service providers you are able to set up QNAP NAS to send SMS to the designated mobile phones in the event of system
5. 292 To copy the files from other location in Media center to the album select File Copy choose the files to copy and click gt Then click File Copy to start copying the files Manage Album Mote The files of the same name as the files in the destination folder will be skipped File Copy File Upload Current Path Homesphotos amp music Song_of Solomon _O01 mp3 amp photos amp video File Copy 293 To upload files to the album click Browse to select the files and click File Upload Manage Album Mote The files of the same name as the files in the destination tolder will be skipped File Copy File Upload Current Path Homefphotos 2010 05 18 _095043 png 2010 05 20 153954 png 2010 05 18 _095043 png 2010 05 18_111205 jpg Browse Remove File Upload 294 Manage album To manage an album folder by the web based interface on Multimedia Station locate the directory in Media Center Click o Create Album Home music i Eys All i 5 D rt B Ham B J a A Select Upload amp Organize and click Next Manage Album aa 4 gt 22 2 F Basy a Lie cis Pn a Create New Album i J Upload amp Organize 295 To copy the files from other location in Media center to the album select File Copy choose the files to copy and click gt Then click File Copy to start copying the files To upload files to the album click Brow
6. Delete Volume Display Time Machine backup tasks stored in the volume Name The name of the Time Machine backup the sparse bundle disk image which was created by Time Machine Size Size of this Time Machine backup Date Modified Last modified date of this Time Machine backup Delete Delete the selected Time Machine backup 408 8 4 External Drive You can back up the local drive data to an external storage device Select to execute instant automatic or scheduled backup and configure the settings e Backup Now To back up the data to the external storage device immediately e Schedule Backup To back up the data by schedule You can select the weekday and time to execute the backup e Auto backup To execute the backup automatically once the storage device is connected to the NAS Copy Options You can select Copy to copy the files from the NAS to the external device Select Synchronize to synchronize the data between the NAS and the external storage device Any differentiated files on the external device will be deleted Note During data copy or synchronization identical files on both sides will not be copied If there are files in the same name but different in size or modified dates on the NAS and the external device the files on the external device will be overwritten External Drive Back up to an external storage device Back up the local disk data to an external storage device You can sel
7. OGNAR Authentication information TURBO NAS The selected Domain Controller will be used for the time synchronization and the user authentication Selectthe Domain Controller Preree rrr errr rrrrererrrerr rrr rirrr iter rte rrr rr rrr rrr rer otep 2 0f 3 JON CANCEL If you failed to join the NAS to the domain you could copy the error logs or go back to modify the settings Active Directory Wizard Fa ONAP Summary TURBO NAS Domain information DANS Server Tie 7 25 2350 DAS name adtestlocal MethlOs Mame ADTEST Domain controller VWih MBBMEPORWEC adtest local Failed to join the domain MWMcrasoft Networking configured failed Authentication Al failed please check Domain Administrator Username and Z Domain Administrator Password Copy to clipboard Step 3 of 3 mes CANCEL 215 Upon successful login to the domain server the NAS has joined to the domain Click FINISH to exit the wizard Active Directory Wizard iza ONAP TURBO NAS Summary Domain information DMS Server 7217 243 230 OMS name adtestlocal MethlOsS Name ADTEST Domain controller WWih MBBMSEPORWUEC adtestlocal Time Server WIK MBBMEPORLUSC adtest local The NAS has joined the domain successfully Step 3 of 3 FINISH You can go to Access Right Management gt Users or User Groups to load the domain users or user groups to the NAS Home gt gt Access Right Management gt
8. Share Folders Download 400 2 MB 205 5 4 Quota To allocate the disk volume efficiently you can specify the quota that can be used by each user When this function is enabled and a user has reached the disk quota the user cannot upload any data to the server anymore By default no limitations are set for the users You can modify the following options e Enable quota for all users e Quota size on each disk volume Quota Quota Enable quota for all users Hote Individual user quota size can be changed in Users Quota Settings Users After applying the changes the quota settings will be shown Click GENERATE to generate a quota settings file in CSV format After the file has been generated click DOWNLOAD to save it to your specified location Mirroring Disk Volume Drve 1 2 admin 167 MB No size limitation test 1 95 GB 0 MB Available1 95 GB usero1 1 95 GB 0 MB Available 1 95 GB userd2 1 95 GB 0 MB Available1 95 GB user03 1 95 GB OMB Available1 95 GB userd4 1 95 GB 0 MB Available1 95 GB userds 1 95 GB OMB Available1 95 GB guest 1 95 GB 0 MB Available1 95 GB Total 6 Display entries per page GENERATE DOWNLOAD Note 2010 05 12 Local User Quota Volume csv is ready to be downloaded 206 6 Network Services Microsoft Networking 208 Apple Networking 224 NFS Service224 FTP Service 23h Telnet SSHI 23 SNMP Settings 233 Web Server 233 Network Service Discovery 26A 207 6 1
9. gt Multimedia Station Enable the service Next go to the web page of Multimedia Station by http NAS_IP 80 MSV2 or https NAS_IP 8081 MSV2 secure connection The port number may be different according to your own settings Multimedia Station Multimedia Station Enable Multimedia Station C Show service link on the login page After enabling this service you may click ane ofthe following links to enter Multimedia Station Att 0 6 12 46 80 Meyey https 0 8 12 46 8061 Moves V Rescan media library Reset admin password Password Verify Password Ree ON a Os ECS 281 3 The first time you connect to Multimedia Station enter a new password for the admin account Then click Submit If you have created user accounts for the previous version of Multimedia Station you may select Keep existing user accounts to reserve the user accounts Note that the user accounts including admin of Multimedia Station are different from the system user accounts on the NAS For security concern you are highly suggested to set a different password for admin The password must be 1 to 16 characters long It can only contain A Z a z 0 9 Welcome to Multimedia Station v2 Please enter the new password for the admin account and select the option Keep existing user accounts to reserve the user accounts and the right settings of the previous version of Multimedia Station Mote that the user a
10. 3 In the Print amp Fax window click to add a printer Printers _ 239 Pro2PS 1PR i Idle 659 60 Idle 659 60PR 3 Idle 659 ProP 84PR Idle 4 The USB network printer will be listed via Bonjour Select the default printer driver or you may download and install the latest one from the printer manufacturer s website Click Add to add this printer Add Printer Brother MFC 7440N HP Laserjet M1120n MFP Bonjour Name NASPR3 Location HewLett Packard HP LaserJet 2200 Print Using Generic PostScript Printer The selected printer software isn t from the manufacturer and may not let you use all the features of your printer 427 5 Additional options may be available for your printer Click Continue Installable Options NASPR3 Make sure your printer s options are accurately shown here so you can take full advantage of them For information on your printer and its optional hardware check the documentation that came with it O Duplex Printing Unit 6 The new network printer is now available for printing Hans 239 Pro2P5 1P R L idie 659 60 ae 6 idle NASPR3 P m 659 60PR i fhe cz 659 ProPS 84PR Location Hewlett Packard HP Laserjet 2200 Kind Generic PostScript Printer Status idle _ Share this printer on the network 4
11. 3 My Favorites You may download the multimedia files from the NAS to your handheld devices under My Favorites and play them offline iPod Pe 29 Logout My 439 Settings Media Center My Jukebox S Upload Photos lt b My Favorites al 329 From Media Center swipe the file and tap the star sign to start to download it Files that have never been downloaded will be shown as Not downloaded iPod v mm iPod gt Media Center edia Media Center 2 a ee ee pe Poe LASS WOO l fal MG 0016 S ipg 26 F057 IMG_6357 JPG Losi maodiikei 2010 l ei Not downloaded IMG 6358 JPG IMG_0027 jpg moctnd 20100024 T FES 2 ee Palau mp4 IMG 0040 Ojpg Last modified 2010822 FFE42 ne sali Photo on 2010 06 23 05 39 06 PM jpeg IMG_O071 jpqg Lasi modified 2010623 FF5539 Last modilied 2010R6 Fo t Shayne V Ward Breathless mp3 IMG_6349 JPG ASE erated 2 732 IMG 6350 JPG socialites Shayne Ward Someone To Love mp3 IMG 6354 JPG a eae Lees a XE ac Shayne Ward Stand By Me mp3 Tr Ss Downloaded files will be shown in My Favorites QMobile will check if the source of the downloaded Downloading 6 3 files have been updated or deleted from the NAS upon every new connection to the NAS You can select to synchronize the changes with the NAS FP F5 49 My Favorites Palau mp4 Lasi mocied 2010622 Te d2 Shayne Ward Melt The Snow mp3 330 4 My Jukebox
12. 6 Click Finish The replication job will be executed according to your schedule 401 ElephantDrive To use ElephantDrive Service select Enable ElephantDrive Service Enter your email and password for the ElephantDrive service If you do not have an account enter the information and click Create Cloud Backup AMAZON 53 ELEPHANTDRIVE ElephantDrive Account E mail Enter email Password Verify Password Ifyou do not have an ElephantDrive account enter the above information and click CREATE to create an account CREATE Status For account management and data backup please go to ElephantDrive website httos www elephantdrive com ognap Click OK to confirm Do you wantto create an ElephantDrive account with this email aabccocagagmail com 7 402 After creating an account click APPLY The NAS will help you login the ElephantDrive service After you have logged in ElephantDrive service on the NAS you can go to ElephantDrive website http www elephantdrive com qnap and manage the backup AMAZON 53 ELEPHANTDRIVE ElephantDrive Account Enable ElephantDrive Service ElephantDrive Service E mail aabecca amail com Password eneeceece Ifyou do not have an ElephantDrive account enter the above information and click CREATE to create an account CREATE Status Logged in For account management and data backup please go to Elephant
13. Alarm Buzzer the alarm buzzer can be disabled in System Tools gt Hardware Settings Short beep 0 5 1 The NAS is starting up sec The NAS is being shut down software shutdown The user presses the reset button to reset the NAS The system firmware has been updated Short beep 0 5 sec Short beep 0 5 3 every 5 min The system fan is out of function TS 119 does not support sec long beep smart fan 1 5 sec Long beep 1 5 2 The disk volume is going to be full sec The disk volume has reached its full capacity The hard disk drives on the NAS are in degraded mode The user starts hard drive rebuilding The NAS data cannot be copied to the external storage device from the front USB port The NAS is turned off by force shutdown hardware shutdown The NAS has been turned on and is ready 19 2 4 Connect to the NAS Network Shares Windows Users 1 You can connect to the network shares of the NAS by the following means a Open My Network Places and find the workgroup of the NAS If you cannot find the server browse the whole network to search for the NAS Double click the name of the NAS for connection b Use the Run function in Windows Enter NAS name or NAS IP Type the name of a program Folder document or A Internet resource and Windows will open it For you Open 1 m Type the name of a program Folder document or Sim Internet resource and Windows mill open it For you Open 14
14. TS 110 TS 210 TS 112 TS 119 TS 119P TS 210 TS 212 TS 219P TS 239 Pro II TS 259 Prot TS 410 TS 412 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 412U TS 419U SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS 439 Pro II TS 459U RP SP TS 459U RP SP TS 459 Pro 15 459 Pro II TS 559 Pro TS 559 Pro Il TS 659 Pro TS 659 Pro Il TS 859 Pro TS S59U RP TS S59U RP TS G09 Pro Ts SO9U RP Note To use this feature on TS x39 509 809 series please update the system firmware with the image file enclosed in the product CD or download the latest system firmware Home gt gt Applications gt gt Surveillance Station Welcome admin Logout Surveillance Station Surveillance Station Enable Surveillance Station Show senice link on the login page 355 Click Surveillance Station on the top or on the login page of the NAS to connect to Surveillance Station If you login the service from the login page of the NAS you are required to enter the user name and password Note The Surveillance Station is only supported on IE browser 6 0 or later To set up your network surveillance system by the NAS follow the steps below 1 Plan your home network topology 2 Setup the IP cameras 3 Configure the camera settings on the NAS 4 Configure your NAT router for remote monitoring over the Internet Plan your home network topology Write down your plan of the home network before setting up the surveillance system Consider the following whe
15. MEMORY USAGE DISK USAGE BANDWIDTH USAGE PROCESS Core 1 Core 2 400 400 50 S0 D BE Core 3 Core 4 100 400 s0 sg gyl O Memory Usage This tab shows the memory usage of the NAS by real time dynamic graph Resource Monitor CPU USAGE MEMORY USAGE DISK USAGE BANDWIDTH USAGE PROCESS wae Physical Memory Total 998 21 MB 50 sed Size 374 13 MB Available space 6274 09 MB Soo 180 160 140 120 100 a0 60 40 20 CN own Seconds ago Swap Memory Total 517 62 MB Used Size 200 KB Available space 517 42 MB 464 Disk Usage This tab shows the disk space usage of each disk volume and its share folders Resource Monitor Used size 167 02 GB Available space 267 70 GB 50 09 C ThiBackup 141 18 GB C Public 30 10 GB E Multimedia 14 94 GB E Download 400 23 MB Web 237 69 MB Sonstiges 4 97 We E Freie kapazit t 267 70 GB 465 Bandwidth Transfer This tab provides information about bandwidth transfer of each available LAN port of the NAS Resource Monitor CPU USAGE MEMORY USAGE DISK USAGE BANDWIDTH USAGE PROCESS Ethernet 1 E Packets Received Packets Sent Minutes aga E Packets Received C Packets Sent 14 12 10 g 6 4 2 ON ow Minutes ago 466 Process This tab shows information about the processes running on the NAS Resource Monitor CPU USAGE MEMORY USAGE DISK USAGE B
16. Pree rere rrr rrr tt eer errr Teeter retire tere mumnnunssuunnunsnuuunnuns uusuuuusmuuuuuunmuunNENN LeaseTime Day Hour ia a E step 1 of 1 On the TCP IP Property page configure the following settings Network Speed Select the network transfer rate according to the network environment to which the NAS is connected Select auto negotiation and the NAS will adjust the transfer rate automatically Obtain the IP address settings automatically via DHCP If your network supports DHCP select this option and the NAS will obtain the IP address and network settings automatically Use static IP address To use a Static IP address for network connection enter the IP address subnet mask and default gateway 37 Enable DHCP Server If no DHCP is available on the LAN where the NAS locates you can turn on this function to make the NAS a DHCP server The NAS will allocate dynamic IP address to the DHCP clients on the LAN You can set the range of IP addresses allocated by the DHCP server and the lease time The lease time refers to the time that an IP address is leased to the clients by the DHCP server When the lease time expires the client has to acquire an IP address from the DHCP server again Note e If there is an existing DHCP server on the LAN do not enable this function Otherwise there will be IP address conflicts and network access errors e This option is available to Ethernet 1 only when both LAN ports of th
17. Share Folders z SHAREFOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS oom l Admin HR Production Sales test Owner admin ka Only the owner can delete the contents see online help Only admin can create files and folders see online help Apply changes to files and sub folders O Apply and replace all existing permissions ofthis folder files and subfolders For detailed instructions please click here APPLY Select a user from the list or search a user name Then click Set Local Users Ne ea Search ta select the user or user group admin 123 456 messagebus alex var test Icecast 192 e Only the owner can delete the contents When you apply this option to a folder e g Dept only the folder owner can delete the first level subfolders and files Users who are not the owner but possess read write permission to the folder cannot delete the folders Admin HR Production Sales and test in this example This option does not apply to the subfolders of the selected folder even if the options Apply changes to files and subfolders and Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders are selected ERA Dept E i Admin C Adminot O Adminoz I HR HRI C HRZ Production Sales I test Only admin can create files and folders This option is only available for root folders Select th
18. The fields are described as below ee feet SNMP Trap Level Select the information to be sent to the SNMP management stations Trap Address SNMP MIB Management Information Base Community SNMP V1 V2 SNMP V3 The IP address of the SNMP manager You can specify maximum 3 trap addresses The MIB is a type of database in ASCII text format used to manage the NAS in the SNMP network The SNMP manager uses the MIB to determine the values or understand the messages sent from the agent NAS within the network You can download the MIB and view it with any word processor or text editor An SNMP community string is a text string that acts as a password It is used to authenticate messages that are sent between the management station and the NAS The community string is included in every packet that is transmitted between the SNMP manager and the SNMP agent The NAS supports SNMP version 3 You can specify the authentication and privacy settings if available 233 SNMP Settings SNIP After enabling this service the WAS will be able to report information via SNMP to the managing systems Enable SNMP Service Port Number 15 RR TN Ee SMAIP Trap Level Cl information L warning C Error Trap Address 1 Trap Address 2 Trap Address 3 SMMP Version SNMP MIE To install the MIB to your managing systems click Download DOWNLOAD 234 6 7 Web Server The NAS enables you to upload the web pages and manag
19. You may view stream and play the playlists configured on Multimedia Station Login Multimedia Station as an administrator Select Control Panel MULTIMEDIA STATION Home Media Media Center My Jukebox Control Panel EE hi a 1 a m User Management z l a a IMG_0024 jpg Change Password IMG_0016 jpg IMG_0040 jpg Playlist Editor Photo Frame Settings wae F Set Folder Public ha D j sy LEE 6390 E IMa 0a toda MO _ 6357 JPG Mo 6326 IP j j E SHAYHE WADD om Shayne Ward ights Reserved 331 Home Logout admin About Help English gt Playlist Editor Sort Name IMG_O07 1 jp9 Palau mp4 MG 6249 JPG IMG_6350 JP Shayne Ward Click Add to create a Playlist Enter the playlist name and click Save Playlist Eqitor Playlist SR G5List up at Shayne Ward Breathless mp3 ae Shayne Ward Melt The Snow mp3 Shayne Ward Someone To Love mp3 oe Shayne Ward Stand By Me mp3 ci Shayne Ward That s My Goal mp3 e Shayne Ward You re Not Alone mp3 332 Cancel Delete Close Select the playlist from the drop down menu and then choose the music files to add to the playlist and click gt Click Save to save the playlist Playlist Editor ar Up Shayne Ward Someone To Love mp3 a Shayne Ward Breathless mp3 Shayne Ward Melt The Snow mp3 ia Shayne Ward Melt The Snow mp3 Shayne Ward Stand By Me mp3 n sae
20. follow the standard of your SMS service provider Notification CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE SMSE SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Configure SMSC Server You can configure the SMSC settings to send instant system alerts via the SMS service provided by the SMS provider SMS Serice Provider clickatell ean O ith haw clickatell cor J Enable SSL Connection SSL Port 443 ia SEGRE LOMG Nae O EEEN SMS Server Login Password ns SWS Server APLID 64 Alert Notification You can select to receive instant SMS or email alert when a system error or warning occurs Enter the email address and mobile phone number to receive the alerts Make sure you have entered the correct SMTP server and the SMSC server settings If you do not want to receive any alerts select No alert for both settings For more information see here 50d CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE SMSC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Alert Notification When a system event occurs an alert email SMS will be sent automatically SEND A TEST E MAIL Mote The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery SMS Notification Settings Country Code Afghanistan 93 a CellPhone Wo 1 93 Cell Phone Mo 2 493 SEND A TEST M MESSAGE Mote You must configure the SMSC serrer to be able to send SMS notification properly 65 3 6 Power Management You can restart or shut down the NAS specify the behaviour of the NAS after
21. option Enable Web server and click Apply Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Web Serwer CCM eecome admin Logout English Web Server E WEB SERVER VIRTUAL HOST Web Server After enabling this function you can Upload the webpage files to Giaveb network share to publish your website Enable Web Server Port Number 80 register_globals Oon of L Enable Secure Connection SSL Fon B081 Number Enable WebDAV Show service link on the login page After enabling this service click the following link to enterto eb Server Http 0 6 1 3 1 33s php ini Maintenance LJ php ini Maintenance The file php ini is the system configuration file ofvWeb Server After enabling this function you can edit upload or restore this file Itis recommended to use the system default setting 518 Next go to Application Servers gt MySQL Server and select both Enable MySQL Server and Enable TCP IP Networking then click Apply Home gt gt Application Servers gt gt MySQL Server Welcome admin Logout Enalish l MySQL Server MySQL Server You can enable WySQL server as the website database Enable WySQL Server Enable this option to allow remote connection of MwSt server Enable TOPAP Networking ee seeeeeemeeennenmoescen Note You can install the phphyadmin package to manage your MySQL server To install the phpMyAdmin please click here
22. Add to create a playlist Next select the music files from the left column folders on Multimedia Station and click gt to add the files to the playlist Click Save and then Close After creating the playlist you can play it in My Jukebox Playlist Editor Ta Playlist Aan y add Delete Ea Up 12 Household of Fath mp3 11 In Remembrance of Me mp3 10 Shine on Us mp3 09 How Beautiful mps 08 Go There with You mp3 OY Love Will Be Our Home mp3 06 God Causes All Things to Grow mp3 05 Answered Prayer mp3 04 ff You Could See What See mps 03 Celebrate You mps 02 Can t Live a Day mps 01 Love of My Life mp3 j Close Cancel Save 309 Photo Frame Settings You can upload your photo frames for viewing the image files The suggested resolution is 400 width x 300 height pixels or you can use an image with 4 3 aspect ratio The supported format is PNG To add a photo frame click Add and upload the file Photo Frame Settings You can set up your own photo frames by uploading t here The suggested frame resolution i 400 yvidthy 300 height pixels or you can use an image with 4 3 aspect ratio in PHG format Photo Frame List Preview clasico marco blanco mosaico pelicula velloso Add Delete Close 310 The name of a photo frame must be 1 to 16 characters long The maximum number of photo frames Multimedia Station supports is 64 including the system default p
23. Ethernet 1 lIPv6 Address Tego 208 Yb tesc bebe 54 Prefix Length Gateway Link Edit To use this function select the option Enable IPv6 and click Apply The NAS will restart After the system restarts login the IPv6 page again The settings of the IPv6 interface will be shown Click the Edit button to edit the settings IPv6 Property ca Pye Auto Configuration D se static IF address Fixed IP Address Prefix Length a Default Gateway Preth Prefix Length a Step 1 of 1 EC A CANCEL IPv6 Auto Configuration If you have an IPv6 enabled router on the network select this option to allow the NAS to acquire the IPv6 address and the configurations automatically Use static IP address To use a Static IP address enter the IP address e g 2001 bc95 1234 5678 prefix length e g 64 and the gateway address for the NAS You may contact your ISP for the information of the prefix and the prefix length v Enable Router Advertisement Daemon radvd To configure the NAS as an IPv6 host and distribute IPv6 addresses to the local clients which Support IPv6 enable this option and enter the prefix and prefix length IPv6 DNS server Enter the preferred DNS server in the upper field and the alternate DNS server in the lower field You may contact your ISP or network administrator for the information If you select IPv6 auto configuration leave the fields as 55 3 3 Hardware You ca
24. For detailed instructions please click here 190 Note e If you have specified deny access for a user on the root folder the user will not be allowed to access the folder and subfolders even if you select read write access to the subfolders If you have specified read only access for a user on the root folder the user will have read only access to all the subfolders even if you select read write access to the subfolders To specify read only permission on the root folder and read write permission on the subfolders you must set read write permission on the root folder and use the option Only admin can create files and folders to be explained later Click ADD when you have finished the settings Select users and groups Name Read only Read Write Deny Access 456 messagebus alex wan test ma i i ic fh i i i icecast ADD CANCEL Specify other permissions settings below the folder permissions panel Owner admin LI Only the owner can delete the contents see online help L Only admin can create files and folders see online helpi Apply changes to files and sub folders LI Apply and replace all existing permissions ofthis folder files and subfolders 191 e Guest Access Right Specify to grant full or read only access or deny guest access e Owner Specify the owner of the folder By default the folder owner is the creator To change the folder owner click 2
25. MASHP1015 NWASACBERD MASACHECE NASSC3ERF WACSRBFADFY IT TS201 IT 804 Update Firmware 1 1 ic U 10 858 10 251 10 858 10 100 10 868 10 17 DONERER 2 1 a iiaa i 409 409 ere 119 1 1 0 1110 NAC 300 25 0 TS 201 2 1 1 01237 TS 809 Connect Configure Details Retresh 75 MAC Address 00 E0 4 77 11 A 00 08 95 AT 97 10 00 08 95 60 84 FB 00 08 95 AC 8E A0 00 08 9B5 ATC A8 CA 00 08 90 8C 3E 6F 00 08 95 67 AD F4 00 08 95 85A 73 A1 00 08 95 85 0 99 57 Exit Login the NAS as a user with administrator access right Login Administrator MAS8C SE6F Administrator Mame Administrator Password Browse and select the firmware for the NAS Click Start to update the system Update Firmware select the system firmware to be installed or updated to the system hard disk Path of system firmware image file C Documents and Settings AdministratoriDesktop TS 119 20090313 2 1 4 1 Browse Firmware Model TS 119 Version 2 1 4 server Mame Model Name Version MAC Address status NASECSEBF Ts 114 2 1 5 03051 00 05 95 6C 3E 6F i W Update all the servers with the same model number within the network Start Cancel Note You can use Finder to update all the servers of the same model on the same local network at the same time Make sure you have administrator access to all the servers you want to update 7
26. Note that initializing a disk volume will clear all the existing disk data on it e The encryption on the disk volume cannot be removed without initialization To remove the encryption on the disk volume you have to initialize the disk volume and all the data will be cleared e Please keep the encryption password or key safe If you forget your password or lose your encryption key you will not be able to retrieve your data e Before you start please read this document carefully and strictly adhere to the instructions 109 Activating disk volume encryption on the NAS Encrypt the disk volume during the NAS installation Follow the instructions of the Quick Installation Guide QIG to initialize the NAS by the web based interface In the Step 6 of the quick configuration select Yes for the Encrypt disk volume option Note You can execute disk volume encryption by the LCD panel if your NAS is equipped with one Please refer to the QIG for the instructions Once you have selected to encrypt the disk volume the encryption settings will appear Step 6 Step 6 6 Select the disk configuration Note All drive data will be ceared unless you select not to initialize the hard drives Please select the disk configuration for the initialization Disk configuration File System Encrypt disk volume Single Disk EXT4 Total available storage capacity 464 26 GB You may select to use the hard drives as single disk vol
27. Proceed to next step a he es at Database Commer O sssaaa Test connection Specify the phpBB3 administrator username and password as well as a valid email address Once done click Proceed to next step r b atir Default board language _ gt Administrator Administrator username admi mnanaa Aiease enter a username between 3 and Configuration file 20 characters in length Advanced settings Administrator aoa ia Create databace tables Piease enter a password between 6 anc 5 DN 35 characters in Jangth Confirm administrator password Contact e mail address Confirm contact e mail 524 You should see Tests passed and click Proceed to next step to a ee A hada a i Mad Nd phpBB3 writes all the settings information to a configuration file config php at this stage Click Proceed to next step a ee A ia Fon e set y v t a i 525 Specify advanced settings if you wish then click Proceed to next step a go Fe Fe a bl ij PEE EE Enable bna T abei iab o bii amm e i te no ei ee hee So ett by bbe band a a O thee SATP server for e math T vee Cko Sate res Fro meet or ee fo Seal aaa ie a named carver beptaed of the SMTP server address N in ant tar PLAIN nH ade sy i d Authentic abion y arad fa ask your rorida you Sre ansure SMTP username ESS Dny amer a crate i your DTE Ser
28. Production 4 Sales test Download E Live CD_ build 0081 4 Muttimecia 4 Network Recycle Bin 1 4 Public a Recordings 4 Usb aL iter 4 Pa 4 Dept Admin Admini O EES 20 Mame Type tdo DOC File p gt dod Download DOC File 3 doc DOC File Move Copy amp Delete J Rename 273 If the Advanced Folder Permissions option is disabled in Access Right Management gt Share Folder gt Advanced Options the following settings will be shown Define the Read Write and Execute access rights for Owner Group and Public Owner Owner of file or folder Group Group owner of the file or folder Public Any other local or domain member users who are not the owner or a member of the group owner Properties Info Mame 1 doc Location Dept AdminiAdming i Size 10 5 KB Modified Time 2011 01 19 09 15 54 Permission Read write Execute OWNEF FOU Public JRK Cancel 274 If a folder is selected you can choose Apply changes to folder s subfolder s and file s to apply the settings to all the files and subfolders within the selected folder Click OK to confirm Properties Info Mame Admintt Location Dept Admin Size 31 5 KB Modified Time 2011 01 19 09 16 12 Permission Read write Execute OWNEF Group Public d Apply changes to the Folder s subfolders and File s
29. Select Generic for Printer Model f Click Add Printer Browser Advanced HH Device Windows Printer via SAMBA Device Name myprinter Device URI smb 192 168 2 11 nastestPR Printer Model Generic Location No Selection Print Using _ More Printers Note that you must hold and press the alt key and click More Printers at the same time to view the Advanced printer settings Otherwise this option does not appear 438 6 The printer appears on the printer list It is ready to use OBOA Printer List a SOX O Make Default Add Delete Utility ColorSync Show Info Status kind myprinter Generic PostScript A Note The network printer service of the NAS supports Postscript printer on Mac OS only 439 9 2 6 Linux Ubuntu 10 10 If you are using Linux Ubuntu 10 10 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS 1 Click the System tab choose Administration Then select Printing System Preferences Administration al Additional Drivers Help and Support Computer Janitor About GNOME B Disk Utility Language Support Log File Viewer About Ubuntu mq Login Screen fa Network Tools a Printing 2 Click Add to add a printer Server Printer Group View Help ml Add v Filter Q Connected to localhost 440 3 Click Network Printer and then select
30. Single Disk Volume RAID 1 Mirroring Disk Volume Create single disk volume s Create mirroring disk volume s RAID Striping Disk Volume Linear Disk Volume Create one striping disk volume Create on linear disk volume RAID 5 Disk Volume RAID 6 Disk Volume Combine 3 or more disks to create Combine 4 or more disks to create a disk volume with data protection a disk volume with data prolection 1 disk crash is allowed 2 isk crash is allowed 4 Select the hard drive s for creating the disk volume In this example we select to create a single drive The procedure applies also to a RAID configuration Disk Model s SsS pacity Ostaus C O Drive SAMSUNG HDSO2HI1AGO 465 76 GB Ready FO Dive5 Seagate ST3500320NS SNI6 465 76 GB Ready File System EXT4 5 Select Yes for the Encryption option and enter the encryption settings Disk Model Capacity Status L Drive2 SAMSUNG HD502HI 1AG0 465 76 GB Ready F as Si a FO Dries Seagate ST3900320NSSNI16 465 76 GB Ready Encryption Yes npu Encrnotian Password eeeseseseees Verify Encryption Password PTTTrTTTT tte Use DefaultValuel Save Encryption Key File System EXT4 6 Then click CREATE to create the new encrypted volume Note that all the data on the selected drives will be DELETED Please back up your data before creating the encrypted volume All the data and network shares on the disk s
31. This button is available only after a replication job is stopped or the connection to the remote server is stopped 394 To edit the replication job properties click Options Create New Replication Job Enabled MEE 10 8 13 133 Under Event Logs you can select to enable Download Detailed Logs and specify the maximum file size of the log file You can also select to send an email alert when synchronization fails or completes Note that the SMTP server settings must be properly set up on the NAS System Administration gt Notification Customize job property Seventiocs Pouey Fumer OOOO Maximum Log Size MEy 1000 MB hax 1GB Enable this option to include more information in the log file You can also specify the maximum file size Send an alert email in the following condition s Synchronization failed Synchronization has completed Enable this option to allow the system to send an alert email to the system administrator when a synchronization job fails or completes Mote The SMTP server must be configured first for alert mail delivery Click this to configure the SMTP server CANCEL 395 Specify the replication policy in Policy and filter settings in Filter These will become the default settings for all RTRR replication jobs Customize job property Wl pelii carane al Timeout and retry settings Timeout second 120 Dete
32. all connections to the server will be allowed Note The settings have been changed Please click Appl to restart the server APPLY 374 8 Backup Remote Replication 75 Cloud Backup oe Time Machine FOA External Drive MO USB One Touch Copy M 8 1 Remote Replication Rsync Replication You can replicate the NAS data to a remote NAS or Rsync server by Rsync remote replication If the backup destination is a NAS you must first go to Application Servers gt Backup Server gt Rsync Server and enable the remote NAS as an Rsync backup server To create a replication job click Create New Replication Job Home gt gt Backup gt gt Remote Replication Welcome admin Logout Eng Remote Replication Current Jobs Rsvic Replication allows you to replicate the files of a local folder to a folder of a remote server You must enable Rsync server on the remote server in order to use this function Options Create New Replication Job 375 Specify the server type NAS or Rsync server of the remote server Enter a job name Click NEXT Remote Replication ayi ONAP TURBO NAS Remote Replication Wizard This wizard helps you create a remote replication job Enter the name ofthe remote replication job and click Next Server type MAS server w Preece ere eieerr irri irtrrerti irri rreriiris Pree ere rrr tree erere tren r
33. b Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it or c Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material or requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as different from the original version or d Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material or e Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names trademarks or service marks or f Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material or modified versions of it with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors All other non permissive additional terms are considered further restrictions within the meaning of section 10 If the Program as you received it or any part of it contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction you may remove that term If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying If you add te
34. of the NAS with an administrator account and change the settings in Device Configuration gt Disk volume Encryption Management CS CC E T A tee When the configuration is finished the server name and IP address will be shown If the NAS fails to create the disk volume the following message will be shown This feature is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 119P TS 219P TS 419P TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 419U TS 412U The data encryption functions may not be available in accordance to the legislative restrictions of some countries 470 View system information by the LCD panel When the LCD panel shows the server name and IP address you may press the Enter button to enter the Main Menu The Main Menu consists of the following items 1 TCP IP Physical disk Volume System Shut down Reboot Password Back S a et ae TCP IP In TCP IP you can view the following options 1 LAN IP Address 2 LAN Subnet Mask 3 LAN Gateway 4 LAN PRI DNS 5 LAN SEC DNS 6 Enter Network Settings e Network Settings DHCP e Network Settings Static IP e Network Settings BACK 7 Back to Main Menu In Network Settings Static IP you can configure the IP address subnet mask gateway and DNS of LAN 1 and LAN 2 471 Physical disk In Physical disk you can view the following options 1 Disk Info 2 Back to Main Menu Th
35. to allow a user to access to all the contents of a folder irrespectively of the pre configured permissions A user with special permission will be identified as admin when he she connects to the folder via Microsoft Networking If you have granted special permission with Read Write access to the user the user will have full access and is able to configure the folder permissions on Windows Note that all the files created by this user belong to admin Since admin does not have quota limit on the NAS the number and size of the files created by users with special permission will not be limited by their pre configured quota settings This option should be used for administrative and backup tasks only After changing the permissions click APPLY and then YES to confirm Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS Folder Name gt Dept a Applying the permissions to files and sub folders O Admin ff may take some time depending on the number of al HR files and folders to be processed Ea Productio Do you wantto apply the permissions now E Sal Ea ee EE Add Remove qeutieertcvsecdesccutecsdecstereivetteverce Owner admin Only the owner can delete the contents see online help Only admin can create files and folders see online help Apply changes to files and sub folders al Apply and replace all existing permissions ofthi
36. you selected will be cleared The connections to the disk will be disconnected Are you sure to continue oe ener You have created a encrypted disk volume on the NAS 112 Verify that disk volume is encrypted To verify the disk volume is encrypted login the NAS as an administrator Go to Disk Management gt Volume Management You will be able to see the encrypted disk volume with a lock icon in the Status column The lock will be open if the encrypted volume has been unlocked A disk volume without the lock icon in the Status column is not encrypted 113 Behavior of an encrypted volume upon system reboot In this example we have two encrypted disk volumes on the NAS The first volume Single Disk Drive 2 has been created with the option Save Encryption Key enabled The second volume Single Disk Drive 5 has been created with the option Save Encryption Key disabled After restarting the NAS check the volume status The first drive has been unlocked and mounted but the second drive is locked Since the encryption key is not saved on the second disk volume you have to manually enter the encryption password to unlock it Current Disk Volume Configuration Logical Volumes Volume File Syste Total Size single Disk Drive 2 Sys Free Size i Status 456 93 GB 456 78 GB Ready FORMAT Now now cHEck Now REMOVE NOW TT FORM
37. 2 You can specify the IP addresses or host names which are allowed to access the NAS for remote replication Up to 10 rules can be configured To allow all connections select Allow all connections To specify the IP addresses or host names select Allow connections from the list only and click Add Network Access Protection Allow all connections Allow connections from the list only Note Ifthe listis empty all connections to the server will be allowed Enter an IP address or specify a range of IP addresses by entering the IP and subnet mask Select the access right Read Only or Read Write By selecting Read Write the client server is allowed to delete the files on the local NAS Click FINISH to exit Add IP Address QNAP TURBO NAS Enter the IF addresses that are allowed to connectto the server IF Address Format Pyg ve O Single IP address IP Address T ee e ee Specify IF deee men e aa a oe IF aee and netmask IP AG ocd E Matt Me mis SubnetMask 2550 0 voy Pe aieiaiei ode alala z Access right Readivrite m Read Only Read rite CANCEL Step 1 of 1 373 After saving the access rule click APPLY and the NAS will restart to apply the settings Network Access Protection Allow all connections Allow connections fram the list only 1 o C LAM 10 8 0 078 Readyyrite Delete Note Ifthe listis empty
38. 288 View image files When viewing an image file you can click EXIF to view the detailed information such as file name size date and aperture To add a caption for the file click Edit caption and enter the description The description must not exceed 512 characters You can also submit your comments on the image file and view the comments from other users on All comments Each comment cannot exceed 128 characters q EXIF Edit caption Comment All comments Hame admin Comment Submit 289 Set background music To set the background music of an image file or a folder of image files make sure you have created a playlist in Control Panel gt Playlist Editor to be introduced later in Multimedia Station ia Open an image file in Media Center and click a Photo Frame a 290 Select the playlist and click Save To remove the background music you can select No music Ho music 001 291 Create album To create an album folder by the web based interface on Multimedia Station locate the directory in E Media Center Click Create Album Home music ff GO E B v M so Mame Az Select Create New Album and enter the album name Click Next The album name must be 1 to 64 characters long and cannot contain lt gt Manage Album AEE eer u d Oe Le dipi ae pm ay a x am oh aa W i B Upload amp Organize
39. 4 d Select the Local Security Setting tab and select Send LM amp NTLMv2 use NTLMv2 session security if negotiated from the list Then click OK Network security LAN Manager authentication level Properties eel a miio Local Secunty Setting Network secunty LAN Manager authentication level Modifying this setting may affect compatibility with clients services and applications For more information see Network security LAN Manager authentication level Q823655 220 Verify the settings To verify that the NAS has been joined to the Active Directory successfully go to Access Right Management gt Users and User Groups A list of users and user groups will be shown on the Domain Users and Domain Groups lists respectively If you have created new users or user groups in the domain you can click the reload button next to Domain Users drop down menu in Access Right Management gt Users or Domain Groups drop down menu in Access Right Management gt User Groups This will reload the user and user group lists from the Active Directory to the NAS The user permission settings will be synchronized in real time with the domain controller Home gt gt ACCESS Right Management gt Users _ _ Welcome admin Logout _ Englisli Users Domain Users ACA ue Create a New User_ Create Multiple Users _ Import Export Users 221 Advanced Optio
40. 4 Create iSCSI target with a mapped LUN Click Next iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard NAP iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard TURBO NAS This wizard will guide you through the following settings Create an iSCSI target Create an iSCSI LUM and map itto the target 122 5 Enter the target name and target alias You may check the options Data Digest and or Header Digest optional These are the parameters that the iSCSI initiator will be verified when it attempts to connect to the iSCSI target iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard QONAP Create New iSCSI Target TURBO NAS ISS Target Profile Target Mame ISS Target iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts Ia BUS isesi target ealoor Target Alias CROMChecksum foptional Data Digest Header Digest Step 2 of 6 BACK er CANCEL 123 6 Enter the CHAP authentication settings If you enter the user name and password settings under Use CHAP authentication only only the iSCSI target authenticates the initiator i e the initiators have to enter the user name password settings here to access the target Mutual CHAP Enable this option for two way authentication between the iSCSI target and the initiator The target authenticates the initiator using the first set of user name and password The initiator authenticates the target using the Mutual CHAP settings Field User name limitation Password limitation Use CHAP e The only valid characters are 0 e The
41. 6 RAID 6 6 RAID 6 7 RAID 10 4 RAID 10 4 RAID 10 6 RAID 1 2 RAID 5 3 RAID 5 4 RAID 5 5 RAID 5 6 RAID 5 7 RAID 5 8 RAID 6 4 RAID 6 5 RAID 6 6 RAID 6 7 RAID 6 8 RAID 10 4 saci Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion 104 RAID 6 7 RAID 6 8 RAID 6 8 RAID 10 6 RAID 10 8 RAID 10 8 RAID 1 2 RAID 5 3 RAID 5 4 RAID 5 5 RAID 5 6 RAID 5 7 RAID 5 8 RAID 6 4 RAID 6 5 RAID 6 6 RAID 6 7 RAID 6 8 RAID 10 4 RAID 10 6 RAID 10 8 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 Single 1 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 RAID 1 2 Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID capacity expansion Online RAID level migration Online RAID level migration Online RA
42. Database Maintenance You can reset the database password or re initialize the database RESET ROOT PASSWORD RE INITIALIZE DATABASE 519 Create a database for phpBB3 in phpMyAdmin Prior to installing phpBB3 create a new database for it and we will use phpMyAdmin to create the database so install phpMyAdmin QPKG if you do not have it running on your NAS yet Once installed point your browser to http NAS IP phpMyAdmin and enter the user name and password to login default user name and password is root admin You can also select your preferred language phpMyAdmin clear view Welcome to phpMyAdmin Language English Log in amp Usernamef root Password Once in enter the database name phpbb3 in the field says Create new database and choose a default encoding language you prefer UTF 8 for best compatibility then click Create Then proceed to the next step MySQL 127 0 0 1 utf _unicode_ci A MySQL connection collation utfG_unicode_ci 520 Start the phpBB3 web based installation Download the phpbb3 source archive from http www phpbb com downloads olympus php and download the Full Package one and unzip it to your Qweb or Web share folder Full Package Contains entire phpBB3 source and english language files Best suited for new installations es Download phpBB 3 0 5 zip IZE c a Fi mdSsum 69e4ec3 1495 518c amp bbaSdachb4a
43. Edit Controls View Store Adwanced Help iTunes LIBRARY Time Artist FJ Music TY Shows Ci Podcasts Wy Radia STORE iTunes Store E Winker Wonderland Lisa Ono Boas Festas Depois Do Matal Lisa Ono Boas Festas Let It Snow Let It Snow Let It 5 Lisa Ono Boas Festas Caroling Caroling Lisa Ona Boas Festas Jingle Bell Rock Lisa Ona Boas Festas W White Christmas Noite de Natali Lisa Ono Boas Festas W Paz Azul Brahms Lullaby Lisa Ono Boas Festas M Ove Maria Lisa Ono Boas Festas 1 2 a 4 a 6 T a 3 The Christmas Song Lisa Ono Boas Festas m am SHARED Boas Festas Lisa One Boas Festas Fa NASACESCE a 11 W Um Anjo Do C u Lisa Ono Boas Festas In the Wee Small Hours of the Mo Lisa Ono Boas Festas W Silent Might Lisa Ono Boas Festas Ph Ei color your soul Ei Jazz i Lisa Ono Note You can download the latest iTunes software from official Apple website http www apple com oo 365 7 6 UPnP Media Server To use UPnP Media Server enable this function and click the following link http NAS IP 9000 to enter the configuration page of the UPnP Media Server UPnP Media Server UPnP Media Server LJ after enabling this service click the following link to enter UPnP Media Server configuration page Atta 0 8 12 46 9000 Click the link http NAS IP 9000 Go to TwonkyMedia Settings gt Basic Setup to configure the basic server settings The contents on the Qm
44. Internet Printing Protocol ipp Enter the NAS IP address in Host printers is already present Enter the printer name after printers in the field Queue Select Device Devices IPP Printer Other Host 10 8 13 59 Network Printer Epson AL C1100 10 8 12 180 Brother MFC 7440N BRNOO1 Canon iR3235 1R3245 10 8 1 HP Laserjet M1120n NPIT1D5 HP LaserJet 2200 NAS 10 8 Brother MFC 7440N BRNOO1 Find Network Printer Queue printers MASPR3 URI ipp 10 8 13 59 printers NASPR3 ae Verify Windows Printer via SAMBA 4 Before you continue you may click Verify to test the printer connection IPP Printer Host 10 8 13 59 Queue printers NASPR3 URI ipp 10 8 13 59 printers NASPR3 i Print Share Verified This print share is accessible 1 1 i ri f 1 f 1 1 i i i f f 441 5 The operating system starts to search for the possible driver list Searching Searching driver For Internet Printing Protocol 6 Select the printer driver from the built in database or search online Choose Driver Provide PPD file O Search For a printer driver to download The Foomatic printer database contains various manufacturer provided PostScript Printer Description PPD files and also can generate PPD files For a large number of non PostScript printers But in general manufacturer provided PPD files provide better access to the
45. Microsoft Networking Enable file service for Microsoft networking If you are using Microsoft Windows turn on this option so that you can access the files on the network share folders Assign a workgroup name Microsoft Networking E3 MICROSOFT NETWORKING ADVANCED OPTIONS Microsoft Networking Enable file service for Microsott networking Standalone Server Server Description Optional NAS Server workgroup NAS AD Domain Member For detailed instructions please click here QUICK CONFIGURATION WIZARD uick Configuration Wizard will help you join the MAS to an Active Directory domain Seter Description Optional Domain WethlOs Mame AD Server Mame AD Domain Organization Unit Optional Domain Administrator Username Domain Administrator Password 208 Standalone Server Use local users for user authentication AD Domain Member The NAS supports Windows AD Active Directory to provide quick and direct import of the user accounts to the existing AD server available on your network This function helps you save the time and effort on creating the user accounts and passwords and lowers the IT maintenance cost by automatic configuration procedure e Server Description Describe the NAS for the users to identify the server To use the NAS on the Microsoft Windows OS you must enable Microsoft Network Services e Workgroup Specify the workgroup the NAS belongs to The workgroup is a computer group unit
46. MyCloudNAS service in MyCloudNAS Service gt Configure MyCloudNAS You can register a host name for the NAS or change the host name anytime Specify the time interval to check the external IP address of the NAS The NAS will notify MyCloudNAS service automatically if the WAN IP address of the NAS has changed To use MyCloudNAS service make sure you have connected the NAS to an UPnP router and the Internet Home gt gt MyCloudNAS Service gt gt Configure MyCloudNas Welcome admin Logout Configure MyCloudNAS a CONFIGURE MYCLOUDNAS PUBLISH SERVICES Configure MyCloudNAS Name After enabling this service you can connect to the NAS by your desired hast name Enable WyCloudNAS Service MyCloUGNAS Name nipisti za mydoudnascom 4 _CHECK Click here to launch byCloudWAS Wizard Recent Update Result Current WycloudNAS Name httpuitestmycloudnas cam Current WAN IF 219 85 63 13 Last Check Time 2010 11 30 16 23 22 Mest Check Time 2010 11 30 17 23 22 Last Update Time 201011730 16 23 22 Server Response bWYCloudNAS name and WWAN IF updated successfully Note e The MyCloudNAS name of each QNAP NAS is unique One MyCloudNAS name can only be used with one NAS e A registered MyCloudNAS name will expire in 120 days if your NAS have not been online within the period Once the name is expired it will be released for new registration by other users 457 In Configure MyCloudNAS gt Publish Se
47. NAS models only 39 iii Port Trunking Applicable to NAS models with two LAN ports only The NAS supports port trunking which combines two Ethernet interfaces into one to increase the bandwidth and offers load balancing and fault tolerance also Known as failover Load balancing is a feature which distributes the workload evenly across two Ethernet interfaces for higher redundancy Failover is the capability to switch over to a standby network interface also known as the slave interface when the primary network interface also known as the master interface does not correspond correctly to maintain high availability To use port trunking on the NAS make sure both LAN ports of the NAS are connected to the same switch and you have configured the settings described in sections i and ii Follow the steps below to configure port trunking on the NAS 1 Select the option Enable Network Port Trunking 2 Choose a port trunking mode from the drop down menu The default option is Active Backup Failover Port Trunking provides network load balancing and fault tolerance by combining two Ethernet inter the bandwidth beyond the limits of any one single interface atthe same time offers the redundanci both interfaces are connected to the same switch that supports Port Trunking jw Enable Network Port Trunking select the port trunking mode from below Please note that incompatible mode settings mig interface to hang or affect the
48. NAS whenever the NAS restarts or the IP address is changed the NAS will notify the DDNS provider immediately to record the new IP address When the user tries to connect to the NAS by the host name the DDNS will transfer the recorded IP address to the user The NAS supports the DDNS providers http www dyndns com http update ods org http www dhs org http www dyns cx http www 3322 org http www no ip com For the information of setting up the DDNS and port forwarding on the NAS see herel49 Network z TCP IP WI FI DDNS IP 6 DDNS Service After enabling DONS Service you can connect to this server by domain name L Enable Dynamic DNS Service Select DONS server owiww dyndns com User Name Password Host Name Check the External IP Address Automatically 10 minutes Current WAM IP 219 85 63 13 Recent DDNS Update Result Connection IP Last Checked Next Check for Connection IP Last DONS Update Time Update Serwer Response 53 IPv6 The NAS supports IPv6 connectivity with stateless address configurations and RADVD Router Advertisement Daemon for IPv6 RFC 2461 to allow the hosts on the same subnet to acquire IPv6 addresses from the NAS automatically The NAS services which support IPv6 include Remote replication Web Server FTP iSCSI Virtual disk drives SSH putty Network TCP IP WI FI DDNS IPVG IP Address Enable IFv6 Interface Auto Configuration
49. NOT touch the fan inside the system to avoid serious injuries 2 Getting Started Hardware Installation For the information of hardware installation see the Quick Installation Guide QIG in the product package You can also find the QIG in the product CD ROM or QNAP website http www qnap com Software Installation After you have installed the NAS hardware you can proceed to the software installation The following demonstration is based on Windows OS 1 Install QNAP Finder from the product CD ROM Quick Installation Suide Install QNAP Finder Install NetBak Replicator Install QGet System firmware User Manual and Application Notes 2 Run QNAP Finder If Finder is blocked by your firewall unblock the utility 3 QNAP Finder detects your NAS which has not been configured Click Yes which you are prompted to perform quick setup of the NAS ONAP Finder D mp inmp e sll i er YES Connect Mame Traf Settings Tools Help IPF Address in l Quick Setup Wizard Version 1 iNhe2yT Serer Type 1 14 MAC Address JO Uo 40O g5 4F x The server NWASGCBCHC 10 0 13 153 1s not configured yet do you want ta set it up now The Quick Setup Wizard will guide you through the configuration process Don t ask me this question again will set up the server manually Mailbackup Phi4o4 4S 91l PM Test CLINAP F TR CSOS09 NWASBOSE4S Connect Yes 10 6 12 69 10 85 12 92 10
50. Password Strength You can specify the password rules After applying the setting the NAS will automatically check the validity of the password General Settings SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION DATE AND TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME LANGUAGE PASSWORD STRENGTH Password Strength LJ 1 Please select a new password that contains characters fram atleast three of the following classes lowercase letters upper case letters digits and special characters C 2 No character in the new password may be repeated more than three times consecutively Cl 3 The new password must not bhe the same as the associated username or the username reversed 35 3 2 Network TCP IP i IP Address You can configure the TCP IP settings of the NAS on this page Click the Edit button LZ to edit the network settings For the NAS which supports two LAN ports you can connect both network interfaces to two different switches and configure the TCP IP settings The NAS will acquire two IP addresses which allow the access from two different subnets This is known as multi IP setting When using Finder to detect the NAS IP the IP of Ethernet 1 will be shown in LAN 1 only and the IP of Ethernet 2 will be shown in LAN 2 only To use port trunking mode for dual LAN connection see section iii TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 119P TS 219P TS 112 TS 212 provide one Giga LAN port only therefore do not support dual LAN configuration or por
51. Read Only Protection for immediate data backup amp hard drive replacement RAID Recovery RAID Status Not Active RAID Crash N Number of hard disk drives in the array N 1 bad blocks found in the Surviving hard drives of the array If re plugging in all Original hard drive to the NAS and they can be spun up identified accessed and the hard drive superblock is not damaged N 2 failed hard drives and any of the remaining hard drives cannot be spun up identified accessed 102 Standard RAID 6 QNAP RAID 6 N A N 2 bad blocks found in the Surviving hard drives of the array If re plugging in all original hard drives to the NAS and they can be spun up identified accessed and the hard drive Superblock is not damaged N 3 and any of the remaining hard drives cannot be spun up identified accessed Further information about RAID management of the NAS The NAS supports the following actions according to the number of hard disk drives and disk configurations supported Please refer to the following table for the details Original Disk New Disk i i No of New Hard i Configuration No Configuration No of Disk Drives i of Hard Disk Drives Hard Disk Drives EO meme e eme o meme e meme o meme e meme o merme e eme o eme o merme e eme e meme e eme o eme e meme e meme o merme e meme o eme o merme w eme o 103 RAID 6
52. Security Security Level Enter the IP address or network domain from which the connections to this server are allowed or denied When the connection of a host server is denied all the protocols of that server are not allowed to connect to the local server After changing the settings click Apply to save the changes The network services will be restarted and current connections to the server will be terminated Security SECURITY LEVEL NETWORK ACCESS PROTECTION SOL SECURE CERTIFICATE amp PRIVATE KEY Security Level High Allow connections from the list only Medium Deny connections trom the list O Low Allow all connections Enter the IF address or network from which the connections to this server will be allowed or rejected HE IF address or network domain Time lef for IF blocking 60 Network Access Protection The network access protection enhances system security and prevents unwanted intrusion You can select to block the IP for a certain period of time or forever if the IP fails to login the server from a particular connection method Security L SECURITY LEVEL WETYORK ACCESS PROTECTION SOL SECURE CERTIFICATE amp PRIVATE KEY Network Access Protection Enable network access protection SSH in Ti minutes ater unsuccessful attempts for S time s blockthe Por 5minutes Y Telnet In Lminutes after unsuccessful attempts tor S time s blookthe IPfor Sminutes HTTP in i
53. Settings V AN Users H u Administrator e EI Default User 9 Application Data H v 9 Desktop Favorites Local Settings My Documents ca NetHood w 9 PrintHood dM CI Recent i z Send Toa _ Start Menu Start i File Filter Schedule Moni Save As Defaults E ant ia III 487 Restore Follow the steps below to restore the files from the NAS to your PC 2 a Click to select the NAS and the share folder the restore source b Click the Restore tab on NetBak Replicator c Select to restore the data to the original path or click to specify the restore location manually d Select the files and folders to restore e Click Start E NetBak Replicator NetBak Replicator f Restore to original path Restore to selected path 488 Options Select the behaviour of NetBak Replicator if the restored file exists on the destination and when an error occurs during the process If the restoring file existed NetBak Replicator will e Overwrite all the files e Ask first e Skip this file If an error happens in the process of file restoring NetBak Replicator will e Stop the restoring e Ask first e Ignore this error message Restore Option Oyvenanite Option IF the restoring fle existed Netbak Replicator will C Overvrite all the files E Ask first Skip this file Error Option IF an eror happens in the process of file restoring Neth ak Replicator wil
54. Snapshot File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back S wi pO search gt Folders Hae Address C Documents and SettingsiuseriMy Documents Mame Size Type File and Folder Tasks i E Camera 1 2008 05 30 17 05 12 jp9 66KB ACDSee 9 0 JPEG L fia Camera 2 2008 05 30 16 42 01 jpg 208KB ACDSee 9 0 JPEG L Other Places Details F My Computer The video recordings will be saved in NASIP Qrecordings or NASIP Recordings The general recordings are saved in the folder record_nvr and the alarm recordings are saved in the folder record nvr_alarm 362 7 5 iTunes Service General The MP3 files on the Qmultimedia Multimedia folder of the NAS can be shared to iTunes by this service All the computers with iTunes installed on LAN are able to find browse and play the shared music files on the NAS To use the iTunes service make sure you have installed the iTunes program on your computer Enable this service Then upload the music files to the Qmultimedia Multimedia folder of the NAS Home gt gt Application Servers gt gt iTunes Server Welcome admin Logout English iTunes Server J GENERAL SMART PLAYLIST itunes Server After enabling iTunes server all the iTunes clients on the same subnet can play the music files in Multimedia folder on the Server Enable iTunes Server Pisces ia rerun ERA AARAA APTOS TEN TPR Please select the label encod
55. When this option is turned on login to the shared folders by Microsoft Networking will be allowed only with NTLMv2 authentication If the option is turned off NTLM NT LAN Manager will be used by default and NTLMv2 can be negotiated by the client The default setting is disabled 222 Name resolution priority You can select to use DNS server or WINS server to resolve client host names from IP addresses When you set up your NAS to use a WINS server or to be a WINS server you can choose to use DNS or WINS first for name resolution When WINS is enabled the default setting is Try WINS then DNS Otherwise DNS will be used for name resolution by default Login style DOMAIN USERNAME instead of DOMAIN USERNAME for FTP AFP and Web File Manager In an Active Directory environment the default login formats for the domain users are Windows shares domain username FTP domain username Web File Manager domain username AFP domain username When you turn on this option the users can use the same login name format domain username to connect to the NAS via AFP FTP and Web File Manager Automatically register in DNS When this option is turned on and the NAS is joined to an Active Directory the NAS will register itself automatically in the domain DNS server This will create a DNS host entry for the NAS in the DNS server If the NAS IP is changed the NAS will automatically update the new IP in the DNS server Enable trusted domains
56. Wizard ODNAP Create an iSCSI LUN TURBO NAS LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning Instant Allocation LUN Mame LUN Location Capacity ee atep 4 of G CANCEL 125 8 Confirm the settings and click Next iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard QONAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Target Name target Target ION ign 2004 04 com qnapts s09 iscsitargettd ealoot Target Alias target Header Digest Yes Data Digest Yes CHAP authentication Mo CHAP Username one2z345 Mutual CHAP authentication Yes Mutual CHAP Username ddri1111 LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning LUN Name 001 Step 5 of 6 BACK a CANCEL 9 When the target and the LUN have been created click Finish iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard NAP iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard TURBO NAS Created successfully YOU can perform advance settings atthe TARGET MANAGEMENT and ADVANCE ACL page otep 6 of 6 126 10 The target and LUN are shown on the list under the Target Management tab iSCSI Target List 01 ign 2004 04 comts 239 iscsitarget01 8cbhcbc Ready L id 0 001 1 00 GB Enabled Total 1 127 Create more LUN fora target The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 3 0 or later and Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 2 0 or later only You can create multiple LUN for an iSCSI target Follow the steps below to create more LUN for an iSCSI t
57. You can create different network share folders for various types of files and assign different access rights to the users or user groups The number of share folders you can create on the NAS varies according to the NAS models If your NAS models are not listed please visit http www qnap com for details Maximum number of share NAS models folders TS 110 TS 210 15 112 T5 119 15 119P To 212 Ts 219P4 TS 410 TS 239 Pro II TS 259 Pro TS 412 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 412U TS 419U SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS 439 Pro II TS 459U RP SP TS 459U RP SP TS 459 Pro TS 459 Pro II TS 559 Pro TS 559 Pro Il TS 659 Prot TS 659 Pro il T5 859 Prot TS 859U RP TS 859U RP TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP On the share folder list you can view the current data size number of sub folders and files created in the network share and the folder status hidden or not Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Share Folders Welcome admin Logout English iw Share Folders z SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS Shas O O a New share Folder O Dept 80 KB PAo Download 400 2 MB 7 8 No Multimedia 12 84 GB 55 575 Mo HHAOHIEA Metwork Recycle Bin 1 120 13 MB 22 Zt Mo BAGGGiks Public 26 55 GB 319 1650 No BAGiGGiks Recordings 98 KB 19 3 No GAawBowis Usb 28 KB 4 2 No 2 a nes a Web 336 48 MB 263 2408 No e aaa 4 KB 0 0 No BATOLE O iwan 4 7 MB 0 1 No 2 a nes g
58. a power recovery and set the schedule for automatic system power on off restart on this page Restart Shutdown Restart or shut down the NAS immediately If you try to restart or turn off the NAS from the web based interface or the LCD panel when a remote replication job is in process the NAS will prompt you to ignore the running replication job or not Turn on the option Postpone the restart shutdown schedule when replication job is in process to allow the scheduled system restart or shutdown to be carried out after a running replication job completes Otherwise the NAS will ignore the running replication job and execute scheduled system restart or Shutdown Wake on LAN Turn on this option to allow the users to power on the NAS remotely by Wake on LAN Note that if the power connection is physically removed in other words the power cable is unplugged when the NAS is turned off Wake on LAN will not function whether or not the power supply is reconnected afterwards This feature is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 412U Please visit http www qnap com for details Power resumption settings Configure the NAS to resume to the previous power on or power off status turn on or remain off when the AC power resumes after a power outage 66 Power on power off restart schedule You can select every day weekdays weekend or any days of the week
59. ae Shayne Ward Someone To Love mp3 a Shayne Ward Stand By Me mp3 a Shayne Ward That s My Goal mp3 at Shayne Ward You re Not Alone mp3 Save Cancel Close 333 You can play the playlists created on the NAS by My Jukebox on your handheld devices iPod 11 39 Settings My Jukebox 2 ig AList Someone To Love hayme Waed Shayra Ward Melt The Snow Wa i a I nite F Sek reed Stand By M Wla f T P ma iw Shaa Yii Once the audio file has been streamed completely it will be saved in the cache in Recently Played iPod TFA pack Recently Played Melt The Snow Shayne Waed Shayne Ward That s My Goal Lee J Waed n Si iF wae Stand By Me a f i Prap Hiid har i 3 s0ngs 334 You can edit the cache settings under Settings Media Center My Jukebox Upload Photos My Favorites Fod F daG Back Settings Global Settings Auto Lock OFF ff you turn this off Wifi will abvays De on Bul battery might drain faster Opening media files when under cellular network might exceed your data plans limits My Jukebox Cache Settings Maximum songs Downloaded Fod pea Settings Cache Settings Maximum number of songs to cache 100 200 335 7 3 Download Station The NAS supports BitTorrent HTTP FTP and RapidShare download You can add download task to the NAS and let the server finish downloading independent of PC Important Please be wa
60. attributes Step r of 1 i n T CANCEL 390 You can specify the file size file types to include exclude and file date time to filter data synchronization e File size Specify the minimum and maximum size of the files to be replicated e Include file types Specify the file types to be replicated e Exclude file types Specify the file types to be excluded for replication e File date time Specify the date and time of the files to be replicated Quick Configuration Wizard Configure synchronization filter File size el _ File datetime 2 LI mMin size One AE w From 2000 s 01 v 01 w M Max size 1000 MB i To 2012 oy O1 efi a Include file ypes Z Documents Pictures U video Applications Mim Music Temporary files L others Exclude file types 2 Documents LI Pictures an Applications Lm Music E Tempora files a Step 8 of 11 391 weeeeeeeee 0 meee eee CANCEL Enter a job name Click NEXT Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP Enter a sync job name TUREGO NAS POPPE Teer tere reer eri rir reir rer rrr irr irri rrr trite rita reir ii irri iirititiiiiiit iii iii Specify a name forthe sync job Itis a required field and cannot be empty Step 4 of 11 a ie CANCEL i Confirm the settings and click NEXT Quick Configuration Wizard NAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Job Name Recordings Remote download a Fol
61. available at http www ubuntu com and for information and download location of Open iSCSI please visit http www open iscsi org Before you start Install the open iscsi package The package is also known as the Linux Open iSCSI Initiator sudo apt get install open iscsi Now follow the steps below to connect to an iSCSI target QNAP NAS with Linux Open iSCSI Initiator You may need to modify the iscsid conf for CHAP logon information such as node session auth username amp node session auth password vi etc iscsi iscsid conf Save and close the file then restart the open iscsi service etc init d open iscsi restart Discover the iSCSI targets on a specific host the QNAP NAS in this example for example 10 8 12 31 with default port 3260 iscsiadm m discovery t sendtargets p 10 8 12 31 3260 Check the available iSCSI node s to connect iscsiadm m node You can delete the node s you don t want to connect to when the service is on with the following command iscsiadm m node op delete targetname THE_TARGET_IQN Restart open iscsi to login all the available nodes etc init d open iscsi restart You should be able to see the login message as below Login session iface default target iqn 2004 04 com NAS iSCSI ForUbuntu B9281B portal 10 8 12 31 3260 OK Check the device status with dmesg dmesg tail Enter the following command to create a partition dev sdb is the device name fdis
62. available free programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but which are not part of the work For example Corresponding Source includes interface definition files associated with source files for the work and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those subprograms and other parts of the work The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work 2 Basic Permissions All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met This License explicitly affirms your unlimited permission to run the unmodified Program The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output given its content constitutes a covered work This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent as provided by copyright law You may make run and propagate covered works that you do not convey without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modifications exclusively for you or provide you with facilities for running
63. create a RAID 5 disk volume a minimum of 3 hard drives are required The storage capacity of a RAID 5 array is equal to N 1 size of smallest hard drive N is the number of hard drives in the array RAID 6 Disk Volume RAID 6 The data are striped across all the hard drives parity across disks in a RAID 6 array RAID 6 differs from RAID 5 es that a second set of parity information is stored across the member drives in the array SCU C Parity Ag It tolerates failure of two hard drives Block BLA parity Bg ter x i To create a RAID 6 disk volume a minimum Gin Block D1 Block D24 Disk 1 Disk3 of 4 hard drives are required The storage Disk 2 Disk 3 capacity of a RAID 6 array is equal to N 2 size of smallest hard drive N is the number of hard drives in the array RAID 10 Disk Volume RAID 10 RAID 10 combines four or more disks in a RAID O way that protects data against loss of non adjacent disks It provides security by mirroring all data on a secondary set of disks while using striping across each set of disks to speed up data transfers RAID 10 requires an even number of hard drives minimum 4 hard drives The storage capacity of RAID 10 disk volume is equal to size of the smallest capacity disk in the array N 2 N is the number of hard drives in the volume 82 4 2 RAID Management Online RAID capacity expansion online RAID level migration and RAID recovery are
64. down on Thu Mow 4 17 32 15 CST 2010 m 2010 11 04 17 29 26 System 127 0 0 1 localhost system updated successfully from 3 4 0 to 3 4 0 m 2010 11 03 19 41 57 admin 10 85 12 50 Share Folder alex removed successfully a 2010 11 03 19 41 57 admin 10 85 12 50 Share Folders A share folder alex removed successfully an 2010 11 03 19 41 35 admin 10 85 12 50 Share Folders Access rights for share folder alex changed a 2010 11 03 19 40 43 admin 10 6 12 50 Share Folders Access rights for share folder alex changed i 2010 11 03 17 5715 admin 10 6 12 90 Share Folders Access rights for share folder HDS changed a 2010 11 03 17 56 11 admin 10 85 12 90 ISO 180 share HOS has been mounted successfully 70 System Connection Logs The NAS supports recording HTTP FTP Telnet SSH AFP NFS SAMBA and iSCSI connections Click Options to select the connection type to be logged The file transfer performance can be slightly affected when this feature is turned on Tip You can right click a log and select to delete the record or block the IP and select how long the IP Should be blocked To clear all the logs click Clear System Logs SYSTEM EVENT LOGS SYSTEM CONNECTION LOGS ON LINE USERS SYSLOG Todas los eventos Options Stop logging aos 2010 12 28 15 5743 admin 10 85 12 58 HTTP Administration Login OK 2010 12 28 14 59 58 admin 10 85 12 43 HTTP Administration Lo
65. download schedule for the task Settings Global Settings Download Schedule BitTorrent Continuous download l Daily download time HTTP FTP RapidShare Ti BitTorrent Settings 1 General Specify the maximum number of concurrent BT downloads allowed for the NAS and the share ratio The NAS supports maximum 30 BT downloads The share ratio is calculated by dividing the amount of uploaded data by the amount of downloaded data When the ratio has reached its limit uploading will stop automatically Settings Global Settings General Directories Connection Bandwidth BitTorrent BitTorrent HTTP FTP RapidShare Gone Global maximum concurrent downloads 30 Seeding Preferences After the share ratio reaches the setting value the task will stop seeding automatically Share Ratio 949 A 338 2 Directories Select the default folder for saving the downloaded files You can also specify a folder to which the completed downloaded files will be moved to Directories If Connection Bandwidth BitTorrent Location of Downloaded Files Default directory For download Files _ Move the completed downloads ta 3 Connection Specify the ports for BitTorrent download The default port numbers are 6881 6889 Select UPnP port mapping to enable automatically port mapping on UPnP supported gateway Enable DHT network To allow the NAS to download the files even no trackers of the torrent can be connected
66. enable DHT Distributed Hash Table network and specify the UDP port number for DHT General LS E E Directories Listening Port Port used For incoming connections amp 861 hao4 Enable UPnP pork mapping BitTorrent Features vi Enable DHT network UDF pork to use For DHT 6881 339 4 Bandwidth Specify the maximum upload and download rate for all BitTorrent download tasks 0 means no limit Global maximum number of connections This refers to the maximum number of allowed connections to the torrent Maximum number of connected peers per torrent This refers to the maximum number of allowed peers to connect to a torrent General Directories Connection Bandwidth BitTorrent Bandwidth Limit Global maximum Upload rate KB s 0 means unlimited lo o Global masimum download rate KBish 0 means unlimited los Sumber of Connections Global maximum number of connections Maximum number of connected peers per torrent oo o 5 BitTorrent Protocol encryption Enable this option for encrypted data transfer General Directories Connection Eandwidth BitTorrent Protocol Encryption Outgoing traffic Disabled 340 HTTP FTP RapidShare Settings 1 General Specify the maximum number of concurrent HTTP FTP and RapidShare downloads allowed for the NAS The NAS supports maximum 30 HTTP FTP and RapidShare downloads Click OK
67. folder pairs 1 Pair Recordings Qrecordingsy Schedule type Weekly week day 1 hour 0 minute 0 Synchronize files from a local tolder to a remote folder Server F address 10 868 13 133 port number 21 The SSL connection option is disabled w 398 How to create a remote replication job for an entire disk volume To back up an entire disk volume by remote replication create a new share folder for example root as the root directory which contains all the share folders in the same volume and specify the path to Then create a remote replication job to copy this share folder root All the share folders and sub folders will be replicated Share Folder Property Share Folder Property Network Share Name root Disk Volume Mirroring Disk Volume Drive 12 POUR eeUCCOCeTOCCer Creer rr ter err rerrrrrr errr rr rere rt rrr ttre rrrerer rrr tr itr r ttt terrier t errr rs Hide Network Drive yes No T Lock file oplocks Yes O No ig Comment optional Enable write onhy access on FTP connection Step 1 of 1 CANCEL 399 8 2 Cloud Backup Amazon S3 Amazon S3 Simple Storage Service is an online storage web service offered by AWS Amazon Web Services It provides a simple web services interface that can be used to store and retrieve the data from anywhere on the web With Amazon S3 you can upload the data from your NAS to Amazon S3 or download the data from A
68. gateway of the NAS will be detected Home gt gt MyCloudNaAS Service gt gt Auto Router Configuration Welcome admin Logout En glist Auto Router Configuration Auto Router Configuration Enable WPnP Port Forwarding Enable this function to allow access to your MAS from the Internet via an UPnP router Mote This function only works with the UPnP supported devices Status Found UPnP router on the network view details RESCAN Forwarded Services APPLY TO ROUTER Enabled Service Name Protocol Web Administration tinclides Web File Manager Download elk Station Surveillance Station eeg TEP OK Secure Web Administration 443 TCP Ok FIPIFTPS with SSLUTLS Server 20 21 TCP Ok Telnet Server 13131 TCP JK SoHISFTP Server 22 TOP Ok Web ServenrMultimedia Station a0 Ter OK Secure Web Server oOo TCP E Remote Replication ara TOP 459 If your UPnP router is incompatible with the NAS click the icon and then click UPnP Router Compatibility Feedback http www qnap com onlinesupport aspx to contact the technical support LANL Spee aR I AL RSLS Re eSATA Le Ee Auto Router Configuration Auto Router Configuration Enable UPraP Port Forwarding Enable this function to allow access to your MAS from the Internet via an UPnP router Mote This function only works with the UPnP supported devices i Status No UPnP router found on the networ ee RESCAN Your router does not support UPAP p
69. in network recycle bin EMPTY NETWORK RECYCLE BIH 68 3 8 Backup Restore Settings Back up System Settings To back up all the settings including the user accounts server name network configuration and so on click Backup and select to open or save the setting file Restore System Settings To restore all the settings click Browse to select a previously saved setting file and click Restore Backup Restore Settings Backup System Settings To backup all settings including user accounts serwer name and network configuration ett click BACKUP and selectto open or save BACKUP the setting file Restore System Settings To restore all settings click Browse to select a previously saved setting file and click RESTORE to confirm RESTORE 69 3 9 System Logs System Event Logs The NAS can store 10 000 recent event logs including warning error and information messages If the NAS does not correspond correctly you can refer to the event logs for troubleshooting Tip You can right click a log and delete the record To clear all the logs click Clear System Logs SYSTEM EVENT LOGS SYSTEM CONNECTION LOGS ON LINE USERS SYSLOG a 2010 11 04 17 35 09 System 127 0 0 1 localhost RAIDS Disk Volume Drive 1 2 3 Recovering journal a 2010 11 04 173454 Syster 127 0 0 1 localhost System started a 2010 11 04 17 3215 System 127 0 0 1 localhost System was shut
70. of the folder Create A Share Folder ONAP Share Folder Settings TURBO NAS Folder Name Disk Volume Hide Folder O Yes Ng Lock file oplocks Yes No Path Specify path automatically Enter path manually Description Step 2 of CARCEL 178 Select the way you want to specify the access right to the folder and specify the guest access right Create A Share Folder ONAP Privilege TURBO NAS You can select one ofthe following methods to configure the user access rightto the network share folder Full access Grant full access right tor everyone By User By User Group Only the system administrator admin has full access General users have Read Only access Guest Access Right Deny Access Read only ReadMyrite Step 3 of f CANCEL 179 If you select to specify the access right by user or user group you can select to grant read only read write or deny access to the users or user groups Create A Share Folder Access Control By User User Name Deny Access admin test userut user users useru4 users SEES NEEE Step 4 of CANCEL 180 Confirm the settings and click Next Create A Share Folder ONAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Folder Name Hide Folder Lock file oplocks Path Description Access right Access UserUser Group Step 6 of F 181 Mo YES Mirroring Disk Volume Drive 1 2 ftest By User admin test userd
71. of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the party s predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or affirmed under this License For example you may not impose a license fee royalty or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License and you may not initiate litigation including a cross claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making using selling offering for sale or 542 importing the Program or any portion of it 11 Patents A contributor is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based The work thus licensed is called the contributor s contributor version A contributor s essential patent claims are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor whether already acquired or hereafter acquired that would be infringed by some manner permitted by this License of making using or selling its contributor version but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modification of the contributor version For purposes of this definition control includes the right to grant
72. on Microsoft Windows network for network sharing e AD Server Name Enter the name of the AD server when the AD domain is selected for authentication e Domain Name The name of Microsoft domain When you select AD domain you must enter the domain name the login user name and the password 209 Join QNAP NAS to Windows Server 2003 2008 Active Directory Active Directory is a Microsoft directory used in Windows environments to centrally store share and manage the information and resources on your network It is a hierarchical data centre which centrally holds the information of the users user groups and the computers for secure access management The NAS supports Active Directory AD By joining the NAS to the Active Directory all the user accounts of the AD server will be imported to the NAS automatically The AD users can use the same set of user name and password to login the NAS If you are using Active Directory with Windows Server 2008 R2 you must update the NAS firmware to V3 2 0 or above to join the NAS to the AD Follow the steps below to join the QNAP NAS to the Windows Active Directory 1 Login the NAS as an administrator Go to System Administration gt General Settings gt Date and Time Set the date and time of the NAS which must be consistent with the time of the AD server The maximum time difference allowed is 5 minutes 2 Go to System Administration gt Network gt TCP IP
73. operation can be executed on this drive or the drive is busy 2 Rebuilding 0 anc age larcamins silos No operation can be executed on this drive or the drive is busy No operation can be executed on this drive or the drive is busy M Idina i No operation can be executed on this Rebuilding 0 drive or the drive is busy t Rebuilding 0 Je Rebuilding 0 3 lt Rebuilding 0 After rebuilding finishes repeat the steps above to replace other hard drives RAID Management Expand capacity Select the drive to add Expand capacity Disi O Moda Capacity Description Hitachi HOST21010KLA330 GKAO 931 51 GB ad Change You can replace this drive 232 6968 3 Change You can replace this drive WOC WD2500AAKS 00VYA120 232 69 GB Change You can replace this drive WDC WO2SO044KS 00V7A 12 0 Drive 4 WOC WO2S00AKS O0VYAI2 0 232 69GB Change You can replace this drive Drive 5 WOC WO250044KS D0VYA12 0 222 89 GB Change You can replace this drive i Target Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Dive 12345 EXPAND CAPACITY BACK 87 After changing the hard drives and rebuilding completes you can click EXPAND CAPACITY to execute RAID expansion RAID Management z This function enables capacity expansion RAID configuration migration or spare drive configuration with the original drive data reserved Note Make sure you have read the instructions carefully and you fully understand
74. org http www dyns cx http www 3322 org http www no ip com 2 Create an account Here we take http www dyndns org as an example Visit http www dyndns org Click Sign In and Create an Account to register a DynDNS account O DynDNS DNS amp Domains Email Services Performance amp Security Search Sign In Username Rock solid scalable DNS that just WORKS T Whether you are a home user a small amp medium business or all the way up to enterprise we understand you are busy Our tools are easy yet Robust Let us simplify your to do list with our proven services Create an Account 492 3 Complete the form to create your free account CO DynDNS 2S amp Loe Dral See Per oma fe fear y My Account Create Agorir Login Lost Paiper My Cart D semg amp If you re having dihod Security Image Subscribe to Create an account or log in to continue INAP feeeeeee feeeeeee qnap aqnap com gnapggnap com Cor x DN WA ES yp NN Enter ihe abea koa the donaa 44220 E DynDNS com newske ther lor 2 per month E Dyn Inc press releases y T agree with the acceptable use policy AUP and privacy policy Meso nmg yo ri our SCout 493 for any reason fetl free to contact up Already Registered Usemame Password logi Forgot your password og TRUSTe 4 A confirmation email will be sent to your email a
75. patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License Each contributor grants you a non exclusive worldwide royalty free patent license under the contributor s essential patent claims to make use sell offer for sale import and otherwise run modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version In the following three paragraphs a patent license is any express agreement or commitment however denominated not to enforce a patent such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement To grant such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party If you convey a covered work knowingly relying on a patent license and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy free of charge and under the terms of this License through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means then you must either 1 cause the Corresponding Source to be so available or 2 arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the patent license for this particular work or 3 arrange in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License to extend the patent license to downstream recipients Knowingly relying means you have actual knowledge that but for the patent license your conveying the covered work in a country or your recipient s use of the covered wo
76. sharefHOR DATA LUN Capacity 168 Map to Target ign 2004 04 com qnapts so0S iscsitargeto Satif Step 3 of 4 130 6 When the LUN has been created click Finish to exit the wizard iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard LNA Created successfully z You can perform advance settings atthe TARGET MANAGEMENT ATERT SAA and ADVANCE ACL page Step 4 of 4 FINISH 7 The LUNs created can be mapped to and unmapped from the iSCSI target anytime You can also unmap the LUN from a target and map it to another target Target Management QUICK COMFIGURATION WIZARD Quick Configuration Wizard will assist you to create an iSCSI target and LUN iS Sl Target List 4 04 fiqn 2004 04 com s 239 iscsi target01 8cbc6c 02 iqn 2004 04 com ts 239 iscsi target02 8cbc6c Un Mapped iSCSI LUM List O a02 1 GB z O03 1 GB 0 131 a iSCSI target Ready The iSCSI target is ready but no initiator has connected to it yet Connected The iSCSI target has been connected by an initiator The iSCSI target has been disconnected Offline The iSCSI target has been deactivated and cannot be connected by the initiator LUN Enabled The LUN is active for connection and is visible to authenticated initiators Disabled The LUN is inactive and is invisible to the initiators 132 a Deactivate a ready or connected target Note that the connection from the initiators will be removed Activate an offline target Mo
77. spare parts or customer support for that product model to give anyone who possesses the object code either 1 a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source or 2 access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge c Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written offer to provide the Corresponding Source This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially and only if you received the object code with such an offer in accord with subsection 6b d Convey the object code by offering access from a designated place gratis or for a charge and offer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code If the place to copy the object code is a network server the Corresponding Source may be ona different server operated by you or a third party that supports equivalent copying facilities provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the Corresponding Source Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed t
78. storage in a virtualized or clustered environment Enable alarm buzzer You can select to turn on the alarm buzzer when system operation startup shutdown and firmware upgrade and system events error and warning occur Smart Fan Configuration i Enable smart fan recommended Select to use the default smart fan settings or define the settings manually When the system default settings are selected the fan rotation speed is automatically adjusted when the server temperature CPU temperature and hard drive temperature meet the criteria It is recommended to enable this option ii Set fan rotation speed manually By manually setting the fan rotation speed the fan rotates at the defined speed continuously 58 Enable warning alert for redundant power supply on the web based interface If you have installed two power supply units PSU on the NAS and connected them to the power sockets both PSU will supply the power to the NAS applied to 1U and 2U models You can turn on redundant power supply mode in System Administration gt Hardware to receive warning alert for the redundant power supply The NAS will sound and record the error messages in System Logs when the PSU is plugged out or does not correspond correctly If you have installed only one PSU on the NAS you are suggested NOT to enable this option This function is disabled by default Hardware Hardware Enable configuration reset switch 59 3 4
79. supports built in iSCSI Internet Small Computer System Interface service for server clustering and virtualized environments ISCSI Configuration The NAS supports built in iSCSI service To use this function follow the steps below 1 Install an iSCSI initiator on your computer Windows PC Mac or Linux 2 Enable iSCSI Target Service on the NAS and create a new iSCSI target 3 Run the iSCSI initiator and connect to the iSCSI target NAS 4 After successful logon format the iSCSI target disk volume You can start to use the disk volume on the NAS as a virtual drive on your computer In between the relationship of your computer and the storage device your computer is called an initiator because it initiates the connection to the device which is called a target Note It is suggested NOT to connect to the same iSCSI target with two different clients iSCSI initiators at the same time because this may lead to data damage or disk damage 117 The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware prior to version 3 3 0 and Intel based NAS models running firmware prior to version 3 2 0 only If your NAS models are not listed please visit http www qnap com for details Non Intel based NAS TS 110 15 112 TS 119 TS 119P 15 210 TS 212 TS 219P TS 410 TS 412 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 412U TS 419U Intel based NAS SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS 239 Pro II TS 439 Pro II TS 259 Pro TS
80. the NAS Name My 439 HostlP User Name Password alwielait yjul i fol AsJopFiaiH u K L 321 Select the NAS you wish to connect Delete E58 Mobile Connect to Server My 439 Add Server Automatic Discovery Add Server Manually ONAF To delete a NAS from QMobile swipe the NAS name and tap 322 My 439 ONAP Demo Add Server LARE Mobile Connect to Server Automatic Discovery Add Server Manually ONAF Use QMobile to manage your media center on the NAS 1 Media Center You may view and play the multimedia files saved on Multimedia Station of your NAS Note QMobile can only play the file formats supported by your handheld devices Connect to the NAS and tap the Media Center icon FF5 29 My 439 Settings Media Center My Jukebox S Upload Photos A My Favorites li 323 You can browse the multimedia files under Qmultimedia Multimedia default share folder or you may choose the specific photo music or video files by tapping the corresponding icon at the bottom iPod Media Center IMG_6356 JPG ein PTB IMG_6357 JPG IMG_6358 JPG LASi ore STL lt Palau mp4 5 r ae Le ELSE ma aU UNI an Shayne Ward Breathless mp3 Shayne Ward Melt The Snow mp3 i hae Li Pre TF cU ars I a M Shayne Ward Someone To Love mp3 Shayne Ward Stand By Me mp3 E Photo view iPod F FFS 30 Media Center M
81. the correct operation procedure before using this function Current Disk Volume Configuration Volume Total Size Bitmap Status Description The operation s you can execute Expand capacity ADD HARD DRIVE MIGRATE CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE For detailed instructions please click here RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 123 455 54 GH Mo Ready 100 Recover RAID Recovery RAID Recovery When the NAS is configured as RAID 1 RAID 5 or RAID 6 and any number of hard drives is uplugged from the server accidentally you can plug in the same hard drives into the same drive slots and click Recover to recover the volume status from Not active to Degraded mode If the disk volume is configured as RAID 0 or JBOD and one or more of the hard drive members are disconnected or unplugged you can plug in the same hard drives into the same drive slots and use this function to recover the volume status from Not active to Normal The disk volume can be used normally after successful recovery eon reune upon om enaere aerae pee Note After recovering a RAID 1 RAID 5 or RAID 6 disk volume from not active to degraded mode by the RAID recovery you can read or write the volume normally The volume status will be recovered to normal after synchronization If the disconnected drive member is damaged the RAID recovery function will not work 101 i Standard RAID 5 QNAP RAID 5 Degraded mode
82. the user name and password which has the WebDAV access right to connect to this share folder 247 6 Type a name for this network location Add h etwork Locatic What do you want to name this location Create a name for this shortcut that will help you easily identify this network location http 10 8 12 111 MyWebDAV Type a name for this network location MyWebDAV TS 509 248 7 The Web folder has been successfully created Completing the Add Network Location Wizard You have successfully created this network location A shortcut for this location will appear in Computer Open this network location when I click Finish 249 8 You can locate the web folder in the Network Location section in Computer Total Size Free Space Devices with Removable Storage 6 wante Lunks Decuments Pictures DVD RW Drive E CD Drive F bius a oe Removable Disk F Removable Disk G i Searches _ Public p3 Removable Disk Hz a Removable Disk E Network Location 3 Qmultimedia 10 8 12 119 ey QBackup James di SR 10212139 2 MyWebDAV TS 509 Folders IW PC Workgroup WORKGROUP Processor Intel R Pentium R 0 CPU 2 30GHz E Memory 3 00 GB 250 9 You can connect to the share folder though this link via HTTP WebDAV Internet Address http 10 8 12 101 MyWebDAV Testing Feed ami 62
83. those works provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf under your direction and control on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below Sublicensing is not allowed section 10 makes it unnecessary 3 Protecting Users Legal Rights From Anti Circumvention Law No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996 or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures When you convey a covered work you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is effected by exercising rights under this License with 538 respect to the covered work and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modification of the work as a means of enforcing against the work s users your or third parties legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures 4 Conveying Verbatim Copies You may convey verbatim copies of the Program s source code as you receive it in any medium provided that you cons
84. to confirm or Back to cancel 10 565 13 133 i ai r ESA A r Enabled To edit the settings of an account select an entry on the list and click Edit Account To delete an account select an entry on the list and click Delete Account Click OK to save the changes to General Directories and Bandwidth FIP RapidShare Hos UserName 140843133 test Enabled rapidshare com 1 Enabled 343 BitTorrent Download To download a file by BitTorrent click w Browse and select a torrent file and click OK The download task will be shown under BitTorrent gt Download Tasks gt All or Downloading You can view the details and the download status of the task Download Station Welcome admin Logout English T T apse ORG CUS OO FTV BitTorrent 3 amp 3 Download Tasks ga Downloading Completed Active Inactive a rss Name Status Size Downk Upload Seed Peer Progre Share Start Time ETA Linux Action Show Season 013 VWaitine 4 858 GI 0 Bs OB O 0 0 0 00 2010 11 3C 99 99 Total 1 Display 15 v records per page General Transfer eke Elapsed Start Time Downloaded Uploaded Share Ratio Download Speed Upload Speed Seeds Peers General You can select particular files to download from a torrent file Select a download task on the list Click and select the fi
85. to save the changes Settings Global Settings General Directories Bandwidth Account BitTorrent General Global maximum concurrent downloads HTTP FTP RapidShare 2 Directories Select the default folder for saving the downloaded files You can also specify a folder to which the completed downloaded files will be moved to Click OK to save the changes Directories Bandwidth Accounk General Location of Downloaded Files Default directory For download Files Move the completed downloads to Downloa 3 Bandwidth Specify the maximum download rate of a single HTTP FTP or RapidShare download 0 means no limit Click OK to save the changes General Directories Bandwidth Account Single Task Bandwidth Limit Global maximum download rate KBs 0 means unlimited los 341 4 Account You can save the login information of maximum 64 HTTP FTP and RapidShare accounts To add login information click Add Account User Name The default host is rapidshare com To enter the login information for an HTTP or FTP server select Input manually al C rapidshare com al 342 Enter the host name or IP user name and password To allow the login information to appear for account selection when configuring HTTP FTP or RapidShare download select Enabled from the drop down menu Click Save
86. username to login the AD users should use their own user names to login the AD server The local NAS users and the AD users with username as domain name username are allowed to login the NAS firmware version 3 2 0 or above via AFP FTP Web File Manager and WebDAV However if the firmware version of the NAS is earlier than 3 2 0 only the local NAS users are allowed to login the NAS by Web File Manager and WebDAV For TS 109 209 409 509 series NAS if the AD domain is based on Windows 2008 Server the NAS firmware must be updated to version 2 1 2 or above 218 Windows 7 If you are using a Windows 7 PC which is not a member of an Active Directory while your NAS is an AD domain member and its firmware version is earlier than v3 2 0 change your PC settings as shown below to allow your PC to connect to the NAS a Go to Control Panel gt Administrative Tools S JE gt Control Panel All Control Panel Items gt A Adjust your computer s settings P Action Center iha BitLocker Drive Encryption i Color Management b Click Local Security Policy hE m 7 eai All Control Panel Items Administrative Tools 4 Search Administrative Tools p sy ai Name a Date modified Type Size ai Component Services 14 07 2009 12 46 Shortcut 2 KB Libraries Computer Management 14 07 2009 12 41 Shortcut 2KB Data Sources ODBC 14 07 2009 12 41 Shortcut 2 KB Computer Event Viewer 1
87. warning or errors This demonstration shows you how to set up both the SMS and email alert on your NAS See below for the usage diagram TS 109 209 409 409U series only support email alert grants ane aa ae 4 2 8 ert SMS Gateway aes ae an METEL Te d menage teens sesaanenneseeteee Fp Stee Ta l i a A Te Mal Server oni ail 500 Sign up and set up an SMS service account Clickatell will be used in this example Go to Clickatell website http www clickatell com login php Under New Customers select Clickatell Central API Hew Customers Ifyou do not already have an account take a moment to create one You will benefit fom user friendly administration interface Free registration and no license fees 24 7 Service amp Support Web based account accessible from anywhere Multiple payment options Product Selection LPiease Select Product _ Clickatell Central API Clickatell Affiliates Clickatell Wholesale 501 Fill out your personal information then click Continue Make sure you have carefully read the Terms and Conditions of the SMS service provider and that you agree to all the terms and regulations Complete our simple registrations process below to test our gateway and obtain your free test credits Indicates all fields thal are required Step 1 of 4 Select Product S lect one of the products below which you would ike to register for cic
88. 169 254 100 100 2 Enter the default administrator name and password Default user name admin Default password admin 3 You can upload files to the network shares 20 Mac Users 1 Choose Go gt Connect to Server 2 There are two ways to mount a disk e AFP type NAS IP or afp NAS_IP e SMB type smb NAS_IP or NAS_name For example 169 254 100 100 or smb 169 254 100 100 3 Click Connect Linux Users On Linux run the following command mount t nfs lt NAS IP gt lt Network Share Name gt lt Directory to Mount gt For example if the IP address of your NAS is 192 168 0 1 and you want to link the network share folder public under the mnt pub directory use the following command mount t nfs 192 168 0 1 public mnt pub Note You must login as the root user to initiate the above command Login as the user ID you define you can use the mounted directory to connect to your shared files 21 2 5 Connect to the NAS by Web Browser Connect to the NAS by web browser on Windows or Mac OS 1 You can connect to the web administration page of the NAS by the following methods a Use Finder to find the NAS b Open a web browser and enter http NAS IP 8080 Note The default NAS IP is 169 254 100 100 8080 If you have configured the NAS to use DHCP you can use Finder to check the IP address of the NAS Make sure the NAS and the computer that runs Finder are connected to the sa
89. 24 After you login the NAS the home page will be shown You can find the software wizards for convenient setup of some features links to QNAP technical support forum and Wiki and the latest RSS news feeds from QNAP Welcome admin Logout English is Turbo Station Wizard Create a User Create Multiple Users Create a User Group Create a user and assign the Create multiple users and assign the Create a user group and assign the privileges privileges privileges F aa Create a Share Folder FIP Service Remote Replication Create a shared folder and assign the Setup the FTF service Set up the backup schedule privileges Support and Forum Support Form MAF Forum AMAF Wiki QNAP Latest News E 2010 04 28 Firmware T5 239 Turbo NAS Official Firmware Released iv3 2 6 Build 0423 9010 04 28 Firmware 73 239 Pro ll Turbo NAS Official Firmware Released v3 2 8 Build 0423 25 There are 8 main sections in the server administration fi Home Overview 9 System Administration b J Disk Management gt J Access Right Management Network Services gt 9 Applications b Backup gt External Device b J System Status Click the triangle icon next to the section name to expand the tree and view the items listed under each section a j System Administration LA General Settings be Network T Hardware ee Security Notification W Power Management 3 Network Recycle Bin Backup System Se
90. 28 9 2 4 Mac OS 10 5 If you are using Mac OS X 10 5 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS 1 Make sure your printer is connected to the NAS and the printer information is displayed correctly on the USB Printer page Home gt gt External Device gt gt USB Printer Welcome admin Logout Eru USB Printer USB Printer e T F Stop printer sharing and clear print spool aan Manufacturer Hewlett Packard mae Model HP LaserJet 2200 Status Ready Clean up spool space of printer CLEAN HOW Bonjour printer Support PPE E eee Teeter eee eee ere eee eee 429 2 Go to Network Services gt Microsoft Networking Enter a workgroup name for the NAS You will need this information later Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Microsoft Networking Welcome admin Logout English Microsoft Networking a MICROSOFT NETWORKING ADVANCED OPTIONS Microsoft Networking Enable file service for Microsoft networking Standalone Server Workgroup AD Domain Member For detailed instructions please click here QUICK COMFIGURATION WIZARD Buick Configuration Vizard will help you join the MAS to an Active Directory domain DEOntemeerenesnensenasansementoneesensenenseneeremsementenessenssnansaneeteutenensanersenseneusones server Description Optional Domain Methlos Name AD Server Mame Domain Organization Unit Optional Domain Adminis
91. 4 07 2009 12 42 Shortcut 2 KB ae iSCSI Initiator 14 07 2009 12 41 Shortcut 2 KB i Network ag Lo ity r l z 219 c Go to Local Policies gt Security Options Select Network security LAN Manager authentication level gt Local Security Policy File Action View Help a security settings Policy m Security Setting E Diona ae vio Network security Configure encryption types allowed for Ke Not Defined bio Network security Do not store LAN Manager hash value on Enabled bi Network security Force logoff when logon hours expire Disabled qnimen i EH Network sec urnty LAN Manager authentication level Not Defined f o u n eaa wih Advanced Sec b Network security LDAP client signing requirements Negotiate signing Network List Manager Policies sia Network security Minimum session security for NTLM SSP Require 128 bit encrypt by Public Key Policies bio Network security Minimum session security for NTLM SSP Require 128 bit encrypt A Software Restriction Policies oie Network security Restrict NTLM Add remote server except Not Defined b Application Control Policies bio Network security Restrict NTLM Add server exceptions int Not Defined b a IP Security Policies on Local Compute bi Network security Restrict NTLM Audit Incoming NTLM Tra Not Defined b gt Advanced Audit Policy Confiquration Lie Network security Restrict NTLM Audit NTLM authenticatio Not Defined
92. 4 Bytes Favonte Links i Documents E Pictures 1 4 Music More x Folders BE Desktop E w d Public JE Computer E Local Disk C cow Local Disk I i DVD RW Drive E a Removable Disk F ee Baro cuable Dick fey l y 1 item 251 Mac OS X Follow the steps below to connect to your NAS via WebDAV on Mac OS X Client Operating System Mac OS X Snow Leopard 10 6 1 1 Open Finder gt Connect to Server and enter the URL of the share folder Format http NAS_IP_or_HOST_NAME SHARE_FOLDER_NAME I Lox Cremo a 2 Enter the user name and password which has the WebDAV access right to connect to this share folder Enter your name and password for the server 10 8 12 111 Connect as C Guest Registered User Name James _ Remember this password in my keychain Cancel 252 3 You can connect to the share folder through this link via HTTP WebDAV b gt Testing Feed xmi Today 2 00 PM 4 You can also find the mount point in the SHARED category in Finder and make it one of the login items 12 111 aje pa eI o CD DEVICES E E iDisk D MyDisk T SHARED E james 119 E CSD 50HAFP E Dale 239 SAMBA E David 239 SAMBA 1 Note that the instructions above are based on Mac OS X 10 6 and can be applied to 10 4 or later 253 Ubuntu Follow the steps below to connect to your NAS via WebDAV on Ubuntu Clie
93. 459U RP SP TS 459U RP SP TS 459 Pro TS 459 Pro II TS 559 Pro TS 559 Pro II TS 659 Pro TS 659 Pro II TS 859 Pro TS 859U RP TS 859U RP TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP Follow the steps below to create iSCSI targets and LUN on the NAS A logical unit number LUN will be created for each iSCSI target you create A maximum of 4 targets and 4 LUNs can be created Under the tab iSCSI TARGET LIST click Create New iSCSI Target iSCSI Configuration _ asesrtarser scsi TARGET LIST iSCSI Target List Create New iSCSI Target Enter the information required Specify the target name Specify the volume on which the iSCSI target will be created on and the size of the target also whether or not to pre allocate the disk space reate New iSCSI Target iSCSI Target Profile Target Name ISCSl Targetlan igqn 2004 04 com qnapts 219 iscsimytarget cddoo iSCSI Target LUN allocate the disk space now Volume Single Disk Drive 1 Free Size 913GB Capacity GF 118 Enter the CHAP authentication settings optional if your NAS is located on a public or untrusted network If you enter the user name and password settings under CHAP only only the iSCSI target authenticates the initiator In other words the initiators have to enter the user name password to connect to the target Mutual CHAP Turn on this option for two way authentication between the iSCSI target and the in
94. 6 Live Update Select Enable live update to allow the NAS to automatically check if a new firmware version is available for download from the Internet If a new firmware is found you will be notified after logging in the NAS as an administrator You can click CHECK FOR UPDATE to check if any firmware update is available Note that the NAS must be connected to the Internet for these features to work Firmware Update FIRMWARE UPDATE LIVE UPDATE Live Update Status The latest update is at 2010026 18 37 55 CHECK FOR UPDATE Live Update Setting After enabling this service the system will automatically check if a newer firmware version is available for download when logging into the WAS web adminstration Enable live update 77 3 11 Restore to Factory Default To reset all the settings to default click RESET Enter the administrator password and click OK Caution When you press RESET on this page all the disk data user accounts network shares and system settings are cleared and restored to default Make sure you have backed up all the important data and system settings before resetting the NAS estore to Factory Default Restore to Factory Default To reset all settings to default click RESET Caution when you press RESET on this page all drive data user accounts network shares and system settings are cleared and restored to default Please make sure you have backed up a
95. 8 w OB OB 0 000 2010 11 99 9 E Completed Active Inactive 348 HTTP FTP RapidShare Download To add an HTTP FTP or RapidShare download task click FJ Download Station lt lt HTTP FTP RapidShare F Q kal a W FETI qo e Enter the URL of the download task one entry per line Then select the download type HTTP FTP or RapidShare If a user name and password is required to access the file select Use credentials and select a pre configured account Settings gt HTTP FTP RapidShare gt Account or enter a user name and password Then click OK The NAS will download the files automatically Note You can only enter maximum 30 entries at one time Add HTTP FTP RapidShare Task Input URL of the download task Attos tto cuhk edu Ak pub doc 4thena Hesiod One entry per line Hesiod Introduction ms Atta tp stut edu tu var te pub OpenSource fapache iihttod httod 2 3 8 tar bz2 URLisi 2 Invalid URLs O Download Type HTTP f FTP w Use credentials Method Select Manual Account User Name Password 349 You can view the status of all HTTP FTP or RapidShare download tasks by clicking HTTP FTP RapidShare on the left column Download Station w Welcome admin Logout English HTTP FTP RapidShare 1 G S amp S W w i w BitTorrent Mame Status Atte ftp cuhk edu Ak spubdocAthenaHesiod Hesiod I
96. 858 12 67 10 8 1 2 199 10 858 13 144 10 858 12 145 Configure 3 3 0 0629T 3 2 0 0625T 3 3 1 0 709T 3 3 0 0629T 3 3 0 0625T 3 3 0 0629T 10 TS 639 TS 409 TS 439 Pro Il Ts 5049 Ts 5049 Ts 234 UO 08 9B 8D FE Ee OO O0 O0 00 51 81 U0 08 96 BE 23 De UO 08 9B BA 65 81 UO 06 9B BE 65 C 00 08 96 B0 95 9E x7 E 4 Click OK to proceed You vill now be directed by the Finder to the web browser to complete the quick configuration of the server You will be able to use the server after the quick configuration Click OK to proceed STEPS STEP6 FINISH b Welcome to the quick configuration wizard This wizard will guide you through the following steps to configure this system quickly 1 Enter the server name 2 Change the administrator password Enter the date time and time zone for this server Enter the IP address subnet mask and default gateway for this server Select the services to be enabled Select disk configuration Hote Changes to all settings will be effective only when you confirm in the last step 11 6 Click START INSTALLATION in the last step Quick Configuration rs nn mesa re r WELCOME STEP 1 J STEP Finish The changes you have made to the serwer are as below Click Start installation to begin the quick configuration or click Back to return to the previous steps to modity the settings Server Mame MASSCACAC Pas
97. A mussssnnsnuusnsnnnunnnnunnnuununnnnnunnnnnnnnnnn n Note You have to enable SSH connection on the remote host and use the admin accountto execute the encrypted replication jab Besides the port number must be the same as the SSH port of the remote host Activate file compression Stop network file services while replicating Perform incremental replication Delete extra files on remote destination Handle sparse files efficiently m lc fe Step 6 ot CANCEL Click FINISH The job will be executed according to your schedule Note that the job is recursive Do not turn off the local NAS and the remote server when remote replication is running Remote Replication Ke Setup complete ONAP TURBO NAS The remote replication settings have been completed Click FINISH to exit the Wizard Step r otf 379 Current Jobs Rsync Replication allows you to replicate the files of a local folder to a folder of a remote server You must enable Rsync server on the remote server in order to use this function Options Create New Replication Job LJ backup 00 00 Monthly 1 Ready E Bee Boe SS Disable replication schedule Enable replication schedule To configure the timeout and retry settings of the replications jobs click Options lle mas Create New Replication Job Cl backup 00 00 Monthly 1 Ready 380 e Timeout second Specify a timeout value for each rep
98. ANDWIDTH USAGE PROCESS Process Mame Users PID CPU Usage Memory top admin 18260 3 8 B96 K top admin 18307 3 8 a4 K thttpd_ admin 2872 2 0 1744 k btg admin 3239 1 9 REGE K mdg _raidi admin 1246 0 9 OK sh admin F044 0 9 1216 K init admin 1 0 B26 RK daemon m r admin 1528 0 1264 K dWatcodogd keeping alive ever admin 1603 0 416K modagent admin 1845 0 460 K hotawap admin 2115 0 1020 K gamartd admin 2123 0 a20 kK winbindd admin 2317 oO S072 K winbindd admin 2315 Oo 704 K winbindd admin 2319 oO 3236 K 467 12 Use the LCD Panel This feature is only provided by the NAS models with LCD panels Please visit http www qnap com for details You can use the LCD panel to perform disk configuration and view the system information When the NAS has started up you will be able to view the server name and IP address For the first time installation the LCD panel shows the number of hard drives detected and the IP address You may select to configure the hard drives Number of hard Default disk drives detected configuration Available disk configuration options RAID 1 Single gt JBOD gt RAID 0 gt RAID 1 RAID 5 Single gt JBOD gt RAID 0 gt RAID 5 RAID 5 Single gt JBOD gt RAID O gt RAID 5 gt RAID 6 Press the Select button to choose the option and press the Enter button to confirm 468 For example when you turn on the NAS with 5 hard drives installed the LCD panel s
99. AT NOW CHECK NOW REMOVE NOW e Saving the key on the NAS will protect you only if your hard drives are stolen However there is a risk of data breach if the entire NAS is stolen as the data is accessible after restarting the NAS e If you select not to save the encryption key on the NAS your NAS will be protected against data breach even if the entire server is stolen The disadvantage is that you have to unlock the disk volume manually on each system restart 114 Encryption key management new password save encryption key export encryption key To manage the encryption key settings login the NAS as an administrator and go to Disk Management gt Encrypted File System Click ENCRYPTION KEY MANAGEMENT on the Action column of an unlocked disk volume Encryption Key Management E Total Size Status Action single Disk Drive 2 456 98GB Unlocked Input Encryption Password Y Open single Disk Drive Locked You can perform the following actions e Change the encryption key e Save the encryption key on the NAS e Download the encryption key file onap Encryption Key Management Yme Sirak DEE Yume Brite 2 Change Encepion hey he Gyre Entrtion Key Cerenioad Entrption Key File a me e Change the encryption key Input your old encryption password and input the new password Note that after the password is changed any previously exported keys w
100. Advanced to specify the logon information if you have configured the authentication otherwise simply click OK to continue Add this connection to the list of Favorite Targets This will make the system automatically attempt to restore the connection every time this computer restarts Enable multi path perm Upon successful logon the status of the target now shows Connected r Name Status ign 2004 04 com NAS iSCSI lun1 B927AD Connected ign 2004 04 com NASHSCS mytarget B92 AD Connected 138 After the target has been connected Windows will detect its presence and treat it as if there was a new hard disk drive has been added which needs to be initialized and formatted before we can use it Right click My Computer gt Manage to open the Computer Management window then go to Disk Management and a window should pop up automatically asking whether you want to initialize the newly found hard drive Click OK then format this drive as normally you would when adding a new disk 4 Computer Management File Achon Wiew Hep T Computer Management Local Volume Layout Type File System Status a if System Tools ow C Simple Basic NTFS Healthy System Boot Page File Active C Task Scheduler Ca 2506 0 D imple Basic NTFS Healthy Primary Partition a Event Viewer Ea 2506 1 E simple Basic NTFS Healthy Logical Orve Shared Folder Ca SCS LUNI G
101. E j al a z view AID 12650 1600 1 1272 1600 12 2 361 52 pre flaowers jpg JW Missing A Snowdrops jpq 300 Select the image files to publish You can publish maximum 5 photos ata time Enter the title and description Then select the website to publish the files to and enter the login information of the website Note that the album must be set to public Control Panel gt Set Folder Public before it can be published and Multimedia Station must be accessible from the Internet It is suggested to set up the DDNS for the NAS before using this feature re Rom Maximum number of characters 256 Link the IP address or host Support alphanumeric characters dot and slash only name of the NAS Maximum number of characters 256 Maximum number of characters 1024 ONAP MULTIMEDIA STATION 1 i E W H 4 ore a P a i a i Ki ve y a be E 8 fia nat A A f tk ees i a 4 h s j Bay B 4 pe Bri Past aE fi i a ei Op fps i eae i Sang 1 ae i A 2 i wt Aj al i fete ap a ci i Title Ea 10 8 12 46 iMsy2 os Leg cy ipw CU ost ee an By ho ee H j pe Bru 9 elg 301 Email image files To email the image files make sure SMTP server settings have been correctly configured on the NAS Click Enter the information and click Send B nn Subject Maximum number of characters 128 My Name The name only supports alphabets A Z and a z numbers 0 9
102. EM format below View sample Please enter a certificate or private key in X 509PEM format below View sample CLEAR UPLOAD 62 3 5 Notification Configure SMTP Server The NAS supports email alert to inform you of system errors and warning To receive the alert by email configure the SMTP server e SMTP Server Enter the SMTP server name for example smtp gmail com e Port Number Enter the port number for the SMTP server The default port number is 25 e Sender Enter the sender information e Enable SMTP Authentication When this function is turned on the system will request the authentication of the mail server before the message is sent e User Name and Password Enter the login information of your email account for example your Gmail login name and password e Use SSL TLS secure connection If the SMTP server supports this function you can turn it on Notification CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE SMSC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Configure SMTP Server 63 Configure SMS Server You can configure SMS server settings to send SMS messages from the NAS The default SMS service provider is Clickatell You can add your own SMS service provider by selecting Add SMS Provider from the drop down menu When you select Add SMS service provider enter the name of the SMS provider and the URL template text Note You will not be able to receive the SMS properly if the URL template text entered does not
103. FS Service You can setthe allowed domain name and the access authority in Share Folder Management Click here to setthe NFS access right of the network share To configure the NFS access right to the share folders on the NAS go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders Click the NFS button on the Action column Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Share Folders Welcome admin Logout English lt Share Folders Shares a O New Share Folder Mew Share Folder Restore Default Network Shares Restore Default Network Shares Dept 80 KB BAGOiikg Download 400 2 Wie GAR ows Multimedia 12 84 GB BARoiiks Metwork Recycle Bin 1 1270 13 MWB en Public 26 55 GB 227 Specify the access right to the network share If you select No limit or Read only you can specify the IP address or domains that are allowed to connect to the share folder by NFS e No limit Allow users to create read write and delete files or folders in the network share and any subdirectories e Read only Allow users to read files in the network share and any subdirectories but they are not allowed to write create or delete any files e Deny access Deny all access to the network share NFS Access Control ONAP NFS Access Control TURBO NAS You can setthe NFS access right of the network share Hetwork Share Name Public a a aa a o a a a a a a a a a a a aa a a a a a a a a a a a eT Acces
104. ID level migration Online RAID level migration 105 RAID 10 6 RAID 10 8 RAID 1 2 RAID 5 3 RAID 5 4 RAID 5 5 RAID 5 6 RAID 5 7 RAID 5 8 RAID 6 4 RAID 6 5 RAID 6 6 RAID 6 7 RAID 6 8 RAID 10 4 RAID 10 6 RAID 10 8 RAID 5 3 RAID 5 4 RAID 5 5 RAID 5 6 RAID 5 7 RAID 5 8 RAID 6 4 RAID 6 5 7 ll CM 106 4 3 Hard Disk S M A R T You can monitor the hard disk drives HDD health temperature and the usage status by HDD S M A R T Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology You can view the following information of each HDD on the NAS eeo peen O Display the HDD S M A R T summary and the latest test result Hard disk Display the HDD details for example model serial number HDD capacity information SMART Display the HDD S M A R T information Any items that the values are lower than information the threshold are regarded as abnormal Perform quick or complete HDD S M A R T test Settings Configure temperature alarm When the HDD temperature is over the preset values the NAS records the error logs You can also set the quick and complete test schedule The latest test result is shown on the Summary page HDD SMART 2 Monitor hard disk health temperature and usage status by the hard disk S MLALRLT mechanism SUMMARY HARD DISK INFORMATION SMART INFORMATION TEST SETTINGS Summ
105. IP address for passive FTP connection request When passive FTP connection is in use the FTP server NAS is behind a router and a remote computer cannot connect to the FTP server over the WAN enable this function When this option is turned on the NAS replies the IP address you specify or automatically detects the external IP address so that the remote computer is able to connect to the FTP server 231 6 5 Telnet SSH You can turn on this option to connect to the NAS by Telnet or SSH encrypted connection only the admin account can login remotely You can use Telnet or SSH connection clients for example putty for connection Make sure you have opened the ports you specified on your router or firewall To use SFTP known as SSH File Transfer Protocol or Secure File Transfer Protocol make sure you have turned on the option Allow SSH connection Telnet SSH Telnet SSH After enabling this option you can access this server via Telnet or SSH connection Only the account admin can login remotely C Allow Telnet connection Port Number Port Number Enable SFTP 232 6 6 SNMP Settings You can enable SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol service on the NAS and enter the trap address of the SNMP management stations SNMP manager for example PC with SNMP software installed When an event warning or error occurs on the NAS the NAS SNMP agent reports the real time alert to the SNMP management stations
106. KIND EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING REPAIR OR CORRECTION 544 16 Limitation of Liability IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES INCLUDING ANY GENERAL SPECIAL INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES 17 Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16 If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS 545
107. MP based UPS Select the option Enable UPS Support Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or enter auto protection mode after AC power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores Select SNMP from the Protocol drop down menu Enter the IP address of the SNMP based UPS Click Apply to confirm 446 Network master mode A network UPS master is responsible for communicating with network UPS slaves on the same physical network about critical power status To set up your NAS with UPS as network master mode plug in the USB cable on the UPS to the NAS and follow the steps below de i 3 Make sure the NAS is connected to the same physical network as the network UPS slaves Select the option Enable UPS Support Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or enter auto protection mode after AC power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores Click Enable network UPS master This option appears only when your NAS is connected to the UPS by a USB cable Enter the IP address of other network UPS slaves to be notified in the event of power failu
108. NAS CD ROM contains documentation including Quick Installation Guide QIG user manual application notes and software utilities QNAP Finder NetBak Replicator and QGet CIUick Installation Suide Install QNAP Finder Install NetBak Replicator Install QGet System firmware User Manual and Application Notes 14 You can browse the CD ROM and access the following contents e Finder The setup program of QNAP Finder for Windows OS e Firmware The firmware IMG file for the NAS model you purchased e Mac The setup program of QNAP Finder for Mac OS e Manual The Quick Installation Guide software user manuals and hardware manual of Turbo NAS e QGet The setup program of QGet download utility for Windows OS e QSG View the hardware installation instructions of the NAS e Replicator The setup program of NetBak Replicator Windows utility for data backup from Windows OS to QNAP NAS The above contents are also available on QNAP website http www qnap com v TSCD_ 3 2 8 E File Edit View Favorites Tools Help Back Ba Ta Search i Folders Address Mame Size Type Picture Taie O AutoRun File Folder C Finder File Folder a Firmware File Folder File and Folder Tasks ka Mac File Folder Manual File Folder Other Places O oGet File Folder 056 File Folder Details A Replicator File Folder 2 AUTORUN ICO 1 KE Irfanview ICO TSCD_ 3 2 6 E gt AUTORUN IMF CD Drive File Syst
109. NAS name will be displayed on the screen ink Theater Dolata You will find the photos video and music shared by the specified folder on the NAS You can use the remote control of the media player to select and play the files 515 Example 2 ZyXEL s DMA 1000W ZyXEL DMA 1000W is one of the models which are based on SigmaDesigns platform If your TV provides an HDMI interface both audio and video signals can be carried by the single cable Simply connect your media player to your TV by an HDMI cable 516 If your TV does not provide an HDMI interface you can connect an S Video cable to your TV for video output and connect Composite left right audio interface for audio output If you look for higher quality of music playing you can use an S PDIF cable to connect the media player to your Hi Fi system Turn on and switch your TV to the correct interface HDMI or S Video Use the remote control of the media player to enter the Server page the media player detects the NAS automatically You can now play the multimedia files or listen to the Internet radio from the NAS E g tee ee 517 17 Host a Forum with phpBB on QNAP NAS This section shows you how to host a forum with the popular open source forum software phpBB on QNAP NAS Activate the web server and MySQL database server Login the administration page of the NAS and go to Network Services gt Web Server Select the 1
110. Na a 68 3 9 Back p Restore Settings scrissero rindia a a a aa aai 69 329 SVSCEM LOGS erered droni e NRA E O EEA 70 21O Firmware Update onnie n e e A AE haa nee e ei 74 5 2L REStCOre to Facto Default neironu ar a aa a i 78 4 Disk MANAGeMeNt nsscccccccneeeeecccceec eee e eee eeeee eee 79 ab Volume Managemenh 2c25sicia auburn scceahan sed E a AE oan awhateieantee 79 d ARAID Management eriein ia aa a cca knteat ented iavenseunhad 83 43 Hard DISKS M AR Tr dine oa taseieteare teint chad a e 107 AA ENCYDtEd Fe OY SCC creeren e erioa a re aeii 108 A IS COL E E cee ETE A E T ane TEA E S E A A ET ER T 117 AO VICU DISK ceau a a aera aaa a aa a a bm ee nee 154 5 Access Right ManagemMent s s s sassuasnuannunnnnnunununnnannnunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnunnnannnann 159 Je MMS le ys cays are aca osc ete seein trae a eR aaa oe AG age msec aE a me cee aE 159 SZA USC GhOU DS tain cand ana aneutnwena eee wien eta ener cea wae ae alae ana EA r A 175 DiS Shale Folde Sauginiai a na a a ated nara eaa eet hin tiae hands hewn 176 Deep IUOL ds cemmawasnrsevese sonar carnimucnearcie pues OE TEE 206 G6 Network SERVIC GS iira A A a aaa 207 6 1 Microsoft NetWOrKINO svsscecseccecsenntersspeeenieenueeuneeeeseeted eaaadarerornieeauenvonceaes 208 6 2 AppIe INCEWOLKING lt aciacticanceancaaemeiaewhedandiheaaten nate niameas aaa a aa a 224 6 5 NES SENICE Eminin t E A ene nate tare enna 227 6 4 FP Sev ICC is en era A canada A NA L EA aa 230 oS Tenet SS Hiara a dun ania a a
111. OK Cancel 275 If the Advanced Folder Permissions option is enabled in Access Right Management gt Share Folder gt Advanced Options you will be able to specify the file and folder permissions by users and user groups Click 1 doc DeptiAdmin AdminOt 10 5 KB Modified Time 201101499 09 15 54 276 Select the users and user groups and specify the Read Write Execute rights Click Add Local Users pail SS Execute E alex E testt234 El jauss ia testsss 23208A 277 z To remove the permissions on the list select the user s or user group s and click Mame 1 doc Location DeptiAdminiAdmnini Size 105 KE Modified Time 201700199 09 1 5 54 Name amp admin guest ees 278 You can also define the file and folder owner by clicking 2 Select a user from the list or search a user name Then click Set Local Users el Search to select the user admin Alex AUSS test test test 234 279 The following options are available for folder permission settings You are recommended to configure folder permissions and subfolder permissions in Access Right Management gt Share Folders l174 e Only the owner can delete the contents When you apply this option to a folder the first level subfolders and files can be deleted only by their owner e Apply changes to files and subfolders Apply changed permissions settings except owner protection to all the fi
112. Orive website nttos www elephantrive com qnap Login your ElephantDrive account You can manage the backup and restore jobs on the website Already have an account Login elephantdrive English US v Access Your Files Backup Restore Reports My Account Already have an account Login Email aabecca gmail cam Password Forgot Password E VERIFIED amp SECURED NERIFS SECURITY 403 8 3 Time Machine You can enable Time Machine support to use the NAS as a backup destination of multiple Mac by the Time Machine feature on OS X Home gt gt Backup gt gt Time Machine oe _ a f Welcome admin Logout Enc lish Time Machine J TIME MACHINE SUPPORT MANAGE BACKUP Time Machine support After enabling the Time Machine function you can use the WAS as one ofthe Mac OS X Time Machine backup destinations Enable Time Machine support Display Mame ThiBackup User Mame TimetWachine Password TI T PEEN volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 123 Free Size 272G8 Capacity O GB 0 means unlimitedh Note When using the Time Machine function AFP service willbe enabled automatically Mote that all the Time Machine users share the same network share for this function 404 To use this function follow the steps below Configure the settings on the NAS 1 Enable Time Machine support Time Machine support After enabling the Time Machine function you can use the WA
113. QNAP Turbo NAS Software User Manual Version 3 4 0 2011 QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved Table of Contents 1 NOUIC Csi civitietewilinatieciaeredadisenenneteedireateneei aE URE aia 5 Lt REG UlatOny NOTICO isora eraan Ea ENa 6 12 SY MOOS MN tS dGOCUmeEnE scienter niite ia E a A a AE A 7 1 3 Safety Information and Precautions ameiinirrcorinariei a a a T N 8 2 Getting Stated i csincria 9 2 L BrOWSE TRS CD ROM airera enn E A E A me aneenans 14 2 2 Hard DISK Drive Compatibility LISE sisrrnisiose eiee A R aa 16 2 3 Check System Status LED and Alarm Buzzer s sssesssessrerrrsrrrsrrrerrrerrrerrrrne 17 2 4 Connect to the NAS Network Shares sssssssssssssnnssnnssnnsrnrsrnnrenrernrernrernrrne 20 2 5 Connect to the NAS by Web Browser sssssssssssssnnssnnsrnnsrnnsennsenrernrernrererrne 22 20 SVS tE MIr rat OMen n aa a a A aon eau lana a A A EA 28 3 System Administration s s s s s2s2s2s222s2222222522220222022200200u20uusuuunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 31 Sl Genehal SCCLINGS mian a E AE E E Ar 32 SZ INCEW OM ce vauiicaniabscn adaneataceiien Loin a nie A O ESN EON 36 375 HardWare moriria an wiiteanlebadidude E axwlantieaudnt sameeren 56 SA SeCCUIILY E E E E E E A EE E S E E sear eseurenmuser ied 60 5 INOUTCAEION ar tain E te ne aoe A 63 5 0 POW Er Mana gerne nl iad iataeniatanvauucateenaiiuacu sad hacuid mcameta mum a E E AN A 66 3 7 J NETWORK REG Y Cle BIN iiinn sists cacaanieecdaia cede te aetoatea ri anwaweuaeeue A
114. R3 Location optional Humar readable location such as Lab 1 443 9 The network printer is now available for printing Server Printer Group View Help gaad gt C Filter 9 HP LaserJet 2200 Connected to localhost 444 9 3 UPS Settings By enabling the UPS Uninterruptible Power Supply support you can protect your NAS from abnormal system shutdown caused by power disruption In the event of a power failure the NAS will shut down automatically or enter auto protection mode by probing the power status of the connected UPS unit UPS Settings UPS Settings Protocol IP Address of Network UPS Server UPS Information UPS Brand UPS Model AC Power Status Battery Capacity Estimated Protection Time 445 Standalone mode USB To operate under USB standalone mode follow the steps below i Zz Ji Plug in the USB cable on the UPS to the NAS Select the option Enable UPS Support Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or enter auto protection mode after AC power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores Click Apply to confirm Standalone mode SNMP To operate under SNMP standalone mode follow the steps below 1 Ze cy Make sure the NAS is connected to the same physical network as the SN
115. S A host name is a unique name that identifies your server Pick something you will remember For example fill in QNAP and select dyndns office com Then click Add Rock solid scalable DNS that just WORKS Whether you are a home user 3 anal amp medum business ce of the way up to enterprise we understand you are busy Gur tools are easy yet Robust Let us simpify your to do ket wiih our oven SS ves dyndns at home com dyndns at work com dyndns blog cam dyndns free com dyndns home com dyndns ip com hyndns mailcom am dyndns pics com dyndns remote com dyndns server com Hram ONS service allows you te dyndns web com LATET OF Enter your new or cument domain name to buld a customized suite of world dass dyndns wikicom dyndns work com dyndns biz diyndns info Connect to you workimaton DVR dhndng ong DNS servant in five datacenters around the global n T Ta bi address or URL DNS Mal Perfomance and Sequnby services HOGS our gn a af hrag for F Ear tosis ied nTa wath oa ul gamer pod Nd Nso Toe Com al 8 Activate the host name Host Services L dyndns office com successfully activated 719 Jan 12 2011 11 01PM Add New Host You can now login the NAS and set up the DDNS service 496 Configure DDNS service on QNAP NAS Login your NAS and go to System Administration gt Network gt DDNS Enter the DDNS information you registered from the DNS s
116. S If you have a hard drive which has already been formatted as single disk volume on the NAS you can configure this hard drive as the spare drive You are recommended to use hard disk drives of the same storage capacity for the RAID configuration 3 Select the RAID volume and click CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE To add a Spare drive to the selected configuration select the hard drive and click CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE To remove a Spare drive unselect the spare drive and click CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE 5 All the data on the selected hard drive will be deleted Click OK to proceed The original data on the RAID 5 6 or 10 disk volume will be retained After the configuration completes the status of the disk volume will become Ready 99 Bitmap Bitmap improves the time for RAID rebuilding after an unexpected error or removing or re adding a member hard drive of the RAID configuration If an array has a bitmap the member hard drive can be removed and re added and only blocks changes since the removal as recorded in the bitmap will be re synchronized To use this feature select a RAID 1 5 or 6 disk volume and click ENABLE BITMAP Note Bitmap support is only available for RAID 1 5 and 6 RAID Management This function enables capacity expansion RAID configuration migration or spare drive configuration with the original drive data reserved Hote Wake sure you have read the instructions carefully and you fully understand
117. S as one ofthe Mac OS a Time Machine backup destinations Enable Time Machine support Display Mame TiBackup UserName TimeMachine Password eseese O O volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 123 v Free Size 272G8 Capacity O GB 0 means unlimited Note When using the Time Machine function AFP serice willbe enabled automatically Mote that all the Time Machine users share the same network share for this function Enter the Time Machine password The password is empty by default Select a volume on the NAS as the backup destination Enter the storage capacity that Time Machine backup is allowed to use The maximum value is 4095GB To specify a larger capacity please enter O unlimited 5 Click Apply to save the settings All the Time Machine users share the same network share for this function 405 Configure the backup settings on Mac 1 Open Time Machine on your Mac and click Select Backup Disk a ht A e s Ls P 7 i k elect Backup Dliia l Time Machine Time Machine keeps copies of everything on your Mac including system files applications and settings as well as your music pictures and other important files Since Time Machine keeps daily backups you can revisit your Mac as it OFF J ON appeared in the past Mi Show Time Machine status in the menu bar a Click the lock to prevent further changes 2 Select the TMBackup on your NAS from the list and click Use f
118. SH after the NAS has added the Wi Fi network Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP Wi Fi Network Property TURBO NAS The system is tring to connectto a Vvi Fi network Click FINISH to exit FINISH 51 To edit the IP address settings click the Edit button 2 You can select to obtain the IP address automatically by DHCP or configure a fixed IP address Network TCP IP WI FI DDNS IPV6 IP Address interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC Address Speed MTU Link Edit VLAN 1 Yes 192 168 11 6 255 255 255 0 0 0 0 0 00 1F 1F 55 4E 3C 54Mbps 1500 Li If the Wi Fi connection is the only connection between your NAS and the router AP you must select WLAN1 as the default gateway in Network gt TCP IP page Otherwise the NAS will not be able to connect to the Internet or communicate with another network Network TCP IP WI FI DDNS IPV6 IP Address Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC Address MTU Link Edit Ethernet 1 No 10 8 13 59 255 255 254 0 10 8 12 1 00 08 98 C5 A3 01 1000Mbps 1500 52 DDNS To set up a server on the Internet and enable the users to connect to it easily a fixed and easy to remember host name is often required However if the ISP provides only dynamic IP address the IP address of the server will change from time to time and is difficult to recall You can enable the DDNS service to solve the problem After enabling the DDNS service of the
119. Select this option to load the users from trusted Active Directory domains and specify their access permissions to the NAS in Access Right Management gt Share Folders The domain trusts are set up in Active Directory only not on the NAS 223 6 2 Apple Networking To connect to the NAS from Mac enable Apple Filing Protocol If your AppleTalk network uses extended networks and is assigned with multiple zones assign a zone name to the NAS If you do not want to assign a network zone enter an asterisk to use the default setting This setting is disabled by default Apple Networking Apple Networking Enable Apple Filing Protocol 224 You can use the Finder to connect to a shared folder from Mac Go to Go gt Connect to Server or simply use the default keyboard shortcut Command k Edit View p0 Window Help Back Forward Enclosing Folder eee m Computer i Home Desktop Network E iDisk Applications i Documents sE Utilities Recent Folders Go to Folder Connect to Server 225 Enter the connection information in the Server Address field such as afp YOUR_NAS_IP_OR_HOSTNAME Here are some examples afp 10 8 12 111 afp NAS 559 smb 192 168 1 159 Server Address Favorite Servers E afp 192 168 1 159 afp 10 8 12 111 226 6 3 NFS Service To connect to the NAS from Linux enable NFS service NFS Service NFS Service Enable N
120. Set the IP of the primary DNS server as the IP of the Active Directory server that contains the DNS service It must be the IP of the DNS server that is used for your Active Directory If you use an external DNS server you will not be able to join the domain Home gt gt System Administration gt gt Network Welcome admin Logout IF AUL ESS Interface DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC Address Speed MTU Link Edit Ethernet 1 2 Yes 10 85 12 46 255 255 254 0 10 8 12 1 Fort Trunking Port Trunking provides network load balancing and fault tolerance by combining two Ethernet interfaces into one to increase the bandwidth beyond the limits of any one single interface atthe same time offers the redundancy for higher availability when both interfaces are connected to the same switch that supports Port Trunking Enable Network Port Trunking Select the port trunking mode from below Please note that incompatible mode settings might cause the network interface to hang or affect the overall performance For more information please click here 210 3 Go to Network Services gt Microsoft Networking Enable AD Domain Member and enter the AD domain information Microsoft Networking MICROSOFT NETWORKING ADYANCED OPTIONS Microsoft Networking Enable file service for Microsoft networking Standalone Server Server Description Optional NAS Server Workgroup FS smn AD Domain Member For detailed instruction
121. Simple Basic NTFS Healthy Primary Partition Local Users and d Groups al Performance Leye Pl ana JE Ceryjrer A gt Shean atien Use the following parition style forthe selected disks MBR Master Boot Record O GPT GUID Partition Table Note The GPT partition she is not recognized by al previous versions of Windows E or disks used on tanium based computers 139 After disk initialization and formatting the new drive is attached to your PC You can now use this iSCSI target as a regular disk partition f Comp ter Ma ager F Computer Management Local a id System Tools b E Task Scheduler gt Ge Shared Folders b a Local Users and Groups p i Performance am Device Manager a Storage tay Disk Management y services and Applications Volume Layout Type File System Status amp C a9 2506 0 O a 2506 1 E Basic 232 89 GB Online Disk 1 Basic 465 76 GE Online Disk 2 Basic 2048 00 GB Online Basic 10 00 GE Online Simple Basic NTFS Healthy System Boot Page File Activ Simple Basic NTFS Healthy Primary Partition Simple Basic NTFS Healthy Logical Drive 2506 0 D3 50 00 GB NTFS Healthy Primary Partition 250G 1 E 182 88 GB NTFS Healthy Logical Drive cs 465 76 GB NTFS Healthy System Boot Page File Active Crash Dump Primary iSCSLLUNI G3 2048 00 GB NTFS Healt
122. Ss download and unzip itto your PC 2 Browse to the location where the unzipped file is and then click IMSTALL MS_1 20 409 2_x86 PMS_1 20 409 2_x86 qpka INSTALL After uploading the QPKG packages the details are shown Click the link to connect to the web page of the installed package and start to configure the settings To remove the package from the NAS click REMOVE OPKG Plugins OPKG Joomla File Name Joomla_1 5 175 qpkq Installation Date 2010 05 12 Version 1 5 15 Installation Path sharefnweblloomla Status Web Page ftte10 3 12 46 80Joomlal https 0 6 12 46 3081 Joomlar Maintainer QNAP Systems Inc 370 7 9 Backup Server Rsync Server You can enable Rsync server to configure the NAS as a backup server to allow data backup from a remote Rsync server or NAS server The default port number for remote replication via Rsync is 873 e Enable backup from a remote server to the local host Select this option to allow data backup from a remote server NAS to the local server NAS e Allow remote Rsync server to back up data to the NAS Select this option to allow data backup from an Rsync server to the local server NAS Enter the user name and password to authenticate the Rsync server which attempts to back up data to the NAS Home gt Application Servers gt gt Backup Server Welcome admin Logout English iw Backup Server Configuration 3 RSYNC SERVER RIRR SERVER Rsync S
123. TFS EXT3 or HFS Mac only Select the option from the drop down menu next to Format As and click FORMAT NOW All the data will be cleared External Storage Device External Storage Device Manufacturer USB2 0 Model Flash Disk Device Type WISH 2 0 Total Free size 1 56 GB 1 55 GB File System Status USBDis ki REMOVE DISK PARTITION Eject REMOVE DEVICE To remove the hardware device please click Remove device When the system does not show the device anymore you can remove it safely Hote Do MOT unplug the device when itis in use to protect the device 413 9 2 USB Printer The NAS supports network printing sharing service over local network and the Internet in Windows Mac and Linux Ubuntu environments Up to 3 USB printers are supported To share a USB printer by NAS connect the printer to a USB port of the NAS The printer will be detected automatically and the printer s information will be shown Home gt gt External Device gt gt USB Printer Welcome admin Logout English s USB Printer 2 PRINTER OPTIONS USB Printer F Stop printer sharing and clear print spool coe Manufacturer Hewlett Packard TERR Model HF LaserJet 2200 zaz Status Ready Clean up spool space of printer CLEAN NOW Bonjour printer support Note e Please connect a USB printer to the NAS after the software configuration is completed e The NAS does not support multifunction printer e
124. TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 412U TS 419U SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS 439 Pro II 1S 459U RP SP TS 459U RP SP TS 459 Prod 152459 Pro II TS 559 Pro TS 559 Pro II TS 659 Prost TS 659 Pro TS 859 Prot TS 859U RP TS 859U RP F TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP 159 The following information is required to create a new user e User name The user name must not exceed 32 characters It is case insensitive and supports double byte characters such as Chinese Japanese and Korean The invalid characters are listed below a eel ee ee ae e Password The password is case sensitive and supports maximum 16 characters It is recommended to use a password of at least 6 characters Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Users Welcome admin Logout English s Users 6 Local Users ej Poo a amp Create a Mew User 4S Create Multiple Users amp Import Export Users CO user Mamo a aa ON admin DARE F 723 z ugHe 456 si pgogE P e Hogg E alex Koga aon KoD F test KoD d icecast Koge Delete Total 8 Display 10 v entries per page Tar 1 PSPS 160 Create a User To create a user on the NAS click Create a New User Users amp Create a New User amp Create Multiple Users amp Import Export Users Follow the instructions of the wizard to complete the details Add A New User ONAP Create a User TURBO NAS This Wizard guides you through the followi
125. The NAS supports importing user accounts from TXT CSV or BIN files To create a list of user accounts with these file types follow the steps below TXT 1 Open a new file with a text editor 2 Enter a user s information in the following order and separate them by Username Password Quota MB Group Name 3 Go to the next line and repeat the previous step to create another user account Each line indicates one user s information 4 Save the file in UTF 8 encoding if it contains double byte characters An example is shown as below Note that if the quota is left empty the user will have no limit in using the disk space of the NAS Untitled Notepad Fie Edit Format View Help testtest 2000 test User useri 4000 test User Uuserl O00 test UserO3 users test Userl4 userl4 ZOO test 173 CSV Excel 1 Open a new file with Excel 2 Enter a user s information in the same row in the following order Column A Username Column B Password Column C Quota MB Column D Group name 3 Go to the next row and repeat the previous step to create another user account Each row indicates one user s information Save the file in CSV format 4 Open the CSV file with Notepad and save it in UTF 8 encoding if it contains double byte characters An example is shown as below test user l users userQs usera usero BIN Exported from the NAS The BIN file is exported from a QNAP NAS It contains informatio
126. The file name display on the printer job table is only available for printer jobs sent via IPP Internet Printing Protocol connection e For the information of the supported USB printer models please visit http www qnap com Stop printer sharing and clear print spool Select this option to temporarily disable the selected printer for print sharing All the data in the printer Spool will also be cleared 414 Clean up spool space of printer Click Clean Now to clean up the data saved in the printer spool Bonjour printer support Select this option to broadcast printing service to Mac users via Bonjour Enter a service name which allows the printer to be found by Bonjour The name can only contain a z A Z 0 9 dot comma and dash You can configure other printer options in the Options tab USB Printer PRINTER OPTIONS Options Maximum printer jobs per printer Specify the maximum number of printer jobs for a printer A printer supports maximum 1 000 printer jobs The oldest printer job will be overwritten by the newest one if the printer has reached the maximum number of printer jobs Enter IP addresses or domain names to allow or deny printing access To allow or deny particular IP addresses or domain names to use the printing service of the NAS select Allow printing or Deny printing and enter the IP address es or domain name s An asterisk denotes all connecti
127. UPnP Media Server B6 MySQL Server BoA QPKG Plugins B6 Backup Server B7 264 7 1 Web File Manager To connect to the files on the NAS by a web browser enable Web File Manager If the NAS is connected to the Internet and uses a valid IP address you can connect to the NAS by web browser from anywhere To use Web File Manager go to Application Servers gt Web File Manager Enable the service Web File Manager Web File Manager V Enable veb File hlanager Show service link an the login page Click Web File Manager on the top or on the login page of the NAS to connect to the Web File Manager If you login the service from the login page of the NAS you are required to enter the user name and password Note Make sure a network share has been created before using Web File Manager 265 You can organize the network share folders of the NAS With Web File Manager you can upload download rename move copy or delete the files and folders in the network shares ONAP WEB FILE MANAG Web File Manager Rad aji Network Recycle Bin 1 Welcome admin Logout English El NASACHCAC 4 Network Recycle Bin 1 O0 B Be 5 Le la a j kid Xn H 5 Public Mame Size Type Modified Time Permizsion Ov ner Group E Qdownload E CJ Gmuttimedia E recordings 4 Quek HC Gawveb No Selection 4 Page 1 off ee PI qa Mo data to display Show 50 v items Sir Disk info Used Siz
128. a a aeaa aaa 232 6 Oy SNMP SeLlLUNGS perreini TANE TA 233 G7 WED SERV Gl ra nares ana teem ee ee eset A na tetenceuuatueas 235 Gi Fed ViIITUGI HOSE sgcetiicine aa E Ai A AE EIAI OT A E A O ANO AA needs 258 6 5 NetWork Service DISCOVENY rraroniirseir Erre E EAEAN 262 7 Application Serve rfS s s sss2s2s22000202020s0u0suuuuunununnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn n 264 7 1 Web File MANAGER ivaivesvinte tate nni e aaa E T EAEE ENE AAAA aean 265 7 2 Multimedia SEAGION saddendeseaatendsentidade tha a a a a i 281 Fed OMOLI aeann a E E A E T T a T den 313 AS DOWMOAG SUALION az ie rona eatin MeNemRen a men iaene cae nina N i 336 TAP SUIVENIANCE SEALION yainiaeneessesisa ther N a ennai A 355 Feo VUES SEVICE sat dates canes Ra Nia ee eae ee eal Pn Deen oe Renee 363 7 6 UPNP MEd SEVE caddextovadsanavenrntadedduiarttaetetidntd wacennarntas riia ia 366 PET D SOIV E E E E EEE E ovens E E E T 367 AO OP KG IUGINS aore a a R a a A 369 ID BAG KUDSS CIV lr varia a EEA A E A EOE a 371 8 offer l seeereree ee anea a aa reer aa 375 8 L Remote RepiCatio M erii inir r n A a a eae 375 92 CIOUG IBACKUD arrie EE NEA ARAE E AAA I TETA 400 S lime Machine ereraa e a a aT e a a a 404 SA Etem al DVE uusnoknr nee O E E E AS 409 S50 USBONG TOUCMK CODY erore an A e A anedeseeianatunds 410 9 External Deviis a ia EN a a a 413 oA External Storage DEVICE sorei iena ewes a Ea E E A a aaa aia 413 J2 SB PRNECK erri anea E A enna 414 J2 WINGOWS A VISCA USEIS yor
129. a hard drive which has already been formatted as single disk volume on the NAS you can add this hard drive to the RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration You are recommended to use hard disk drives of the same storage capacity for the RAID configuration Select the RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration on the RAID Management page and click ADD HARD DRIVE Select the new hard drive member The total drive capacity after adding the drive will be shown Click ADD HARD DRIVE All the data on the new hard drive member will be deleted during this process The data on the original RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration will be retained Click OK The NAS will beep twice To add hard drives member to a RAID 10 disk volume repeat the above steps Note that you need to add an even number of hard disk drives to a RAID 10 volume The storage capacity of the RAID 10 volume will increase upon successful configuration This process may take a few hours to tens of hours to complete depending on the number and the size of the hard drive Please wait patiently for the process to finish Do NOT turn off the NAS during this process You can use a RAID configuration of larger capacity after the process 98 Configure Spare Drive You can add a Spare drive to or remove a Spare drive from a RAID 5 6 or 10 configuration Follow the steps below to use this feature 1 Make sure the status of the RAID 5 6 10 configuration is Ready 2 Install a hard drive on the NA
130. a or Multimedia folder or any custom folders you added via Windows mapped drives or FTP to the NAS for your media player 512 Set up the connection of media player About physical wiring We use a high definition HD media player with QNAP NAS is this example The media player is used to receive the streamed multimedia file sent by your UPnP media server on the NAS then transcode these files to your TV or Hi Fi system Because of the limited cable length of these interfaces normally you have to place your media player near your TV and Hi Fi system About TCP IP settings Connect your media player to the LAN at your home and set to acquire the IP address by DHCP Most of the media players are defined as DHCP client which obtains an IP address automatically from the network 513 Connect the video and audio output of the media player to your TV The media player may provide different video and audio interfaces such as Composite video audio output S Video for video output S PDIF digital audio or HDMI interface which can carry both video and audio signals 4 Example 1 Buffalo LinkTheater In this example the video out and audio out cables are connected to the TV You can also connect audio out to your stereo acoustic system 514 Turn on the TV that is connected to the media player you can select the options available by the remote control of the media player The media player will find the NAS on the network The
131. abh4 T Download phpBB 3 0 5 bz Size 1 43 HiB mdssum 734b8 9c2390d5ec8cSTicficbh29dai85 Point your browser to http NAS IP phpBB3 and you should see the phpBB3 web based installation page like below Click INSTALL tab to start Installation Panel Select language British English Ly Change Introduction Welcome to phpBB phpBe is the most widely used open source bulletin board saluton in the world phpBes is the latest instalment in a package ine started in 2000 Like its predecessors phpgB3 is feature rich user fnendly and fully supported by the phpBB Team phpBea greatly improves on what made phpBB popular and adds commonly requested features that were not present in previous versions We hope it exceeds your expectations This installabon system will guide you through instaling php updating to the latest version of phpBB3 from past releases as well as converting to php8B3 from a different discussion board system inducing phpBB2 For more information we encourage you to read the installation guide To read the phpBB3 license or learn about obtaining support and our stance on it please s lect the respective optons from the side menu To continue please select the appropnate tab above 521 Click Proceed to next step m ttm Getabass carver part te pre Oy bw cacabuss vaver moe of a ts this is not needed The Database name the name of the database on the s
132. active aMi Rss Remove Remove nd Delete Data 345 RSS Feed You can subscribe to RSS feeds by Download Station and download the torrent files in the feeds Click Q to add an RSS feed Download Station HTTP FTP RapidShare PO F qo T BitTorrent Welcome admin Logout English Name Label Status Feed URL a C Download Tasks JAJRSS XJ All Feeds Enter the URL and the label Add R55 Feed Feed URL httg www bitorrents net rss php Label biol oo You can view the RSS feeds by expanding BitTorrent gt RSS on the left panel of Download Station To download a torrent file from an RSS feed right click the feed and select Download HTTP FTP RapidShare TIN F q W BitTorrent Mame I Download Tasks PhyloTU Gos 165 PCR O ics Public Domain PhyloTU Gos Yves OTUs agenamics Public Domain Downloading Completed ME FASTA DE From NEBI 2010 11 03 Bioinftormatics Public Domain Active VirtualBox Ubuntu 10 10 Server i366 vdi Opensci Miecellan ous Other E Inactive NT BLAST DB From NCBI 2010 10 14 Bioinformatics Public Domain JA BER MHT FASTA From MCEI 2010 10 11 Bioinformatics Public Domain TAI Feeds NE FASTA From NCBI Diointormaticsj Public Domain T minina VypezRss MR BLAST OB From MCE Bioinformatics Public Domain bio CDK 1 2 6 Chemistry LGPL F gossiat 24 Biclinux6 64bt Biointor
133. ak Replicator starts and terminates 475 Install NetBak Replicator 1 Run the NAS CD ROM disc Select Install NetBak Replicator ONAP Turbo NAS Guck Installation Guide Install QNWAP Finder Install NetBak Replicator Install QGet User Manual and Application Notes 2 Follow the instructions to install NetBak Replicator El aa Wetbak Hate er will be shown on the Desktop Double click 3 Upon successful installation a shortcut icon the icon to run NetBak Replicator 476 Use NetBak Replicator 1 Before using NetBak Replicator login the web administration page of the NAS and go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders to create a share folder for backup Make sure the share folder is open for everyone access or you login the share folder with an authorized account by NetBak Replicator 2 Run NetBak Replicator Click J All the NAS on the local network and their share folders will be displayed E NetBak Replicator NetBak Replicator Backup I S4VG8VSULTF Contig Mat _ HEROSOFT kav J mail a e Program Files C RECYCLER spoolerlogs 2 System Volume Information Temp H JE WINDOWS Haw Ras For client Restore C LLA ME OA Mo a IE saVG8 VAULTS L Gacontio Msi CJ CI Documents and Setti GHEROSOFT E kay C C mail L Prograrn Files L GQReEcYcLER E 3 spoolerlags E as ysterm Volume Infor C a Temp Gw
134. and set the time for automatic system power on power off or restart Weekdays stand for Monday to Friday weekend stands for Saturday and Sunday Up to 15 schedules can be set Power Management Restart Shutdown Execute system restart shutdown immediately Configure Wake on LAN Enable Disable When the AC power resumes Resume the server to the previous power on or power off status Turn on the server automatically The server should remain off Set power on power off restart schedule C Enable schedule Postpone the restart shutdown schedule when a replication job is in progress 67 3 7 Network Recycle Bin Network Recycle Bin This function enables the files deleted on the shares of the NAS to be removed to Network Recycle Bin to reserve the files temporarily To turn on this function select the option Enable Network Recycle Bin and click Apply The NAS will create a network share named Network Recycle Bin automatically Note that Network Recycle Bin only supports file deletion via SAMBA and AFP Empty Network Recycle Bin To delete all the files in network recycle bin click Empty Network Recycle Bin Network Recycle Bin Network Recycle Bin After enabling Network Recycle Bin all the deleted files on the network folders ofthe MAS are moved to the Network Recycle Bin network folder Empty Network Recycle Bin Click EMPTY HETVWORK RECYCLE BIN to delete all the files
135. and specify the access rights of the users in Access Right Management gt Share Folders gt ISO Share Folders Web File Manager F_TSCD_859U_ 70100514 _ 3 2 6 Welcome admin Loge NASSCRCEC F Ooo Ezg an Mame Type Modified Time Fermission 4 Finder Pa AutoRun Folder 20100544 10 33 41 555 r xr xr x lan blac Es ual Manual a Get hac Folder 20100544 10 33 47 555 r xr xr x Fa Finder Folder 20100544 10 3341 555 r xr xr x HL Jase ae Replicator E E Network Recycle Bin 1 J eset Folder 20100544 10 33 44 555 r xr xr x 9 hanual Folder 2010054 4 10 33 55 555 r xr xr x Public ase Folder 20100544 10 33 50 555 r xr xr x HC download 4 Omultimedis P Replicator Folder 20100544 10 33 47 555 r xr xr x B Grecordings AUTORUN ICO ICO File 20100544 10 34 24 555 r xr xr x GQush aoe AUTORUN IMF INF File 20100544 10 34 24 555 r xr xr x b tt EES To unmount the share folder right click the folder name and select Unmount Click Yes to confirm and then click OK to unmount Web File Manager g 4 Nasececec S SIF_TScD_859U_ 20100 4 Finder amp Mac H Manual H aGet a Jase H ial Replicator 272 File Folder Level Permissions You can set file or folder level permissions on the NAS by Web File Manager Right click a file or folder and select Properties Web File Manager aq nas SS Dept 36 Admin 4 Admini aC Admino 4 _ HR H
136. anizations To modify a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission other than the making of an exact copy The resulting work is called a modified version of the earlier work or a work based on the earlier work A covered work means either the unmodified Program or a work based on the Program To propagate a work means to do anything with it that without permission would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy Propagation includes copying distribution with or without modification making available to the public and in some countries other activities as well To convey a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies Mere interaction with a user through a computer network with no transfer of a copy is not conveying An interactive user interface displays Appropriate Legal Notices to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that 1 displays an appropriate copyright notice and 2 tells the user that there is no warranty for the work except to the extent that warranties are provided that licensees may convey the work under this License and how to view a copy of this License If the interface presents a list of user commands or options such as a menu a prominent item in th
137. are version 3 2 0 or later only A maximum of 256 iSCSI targets and LUNs can be created For example if you create 100 targets on the NAS the maximum number of LUNs you can create is 156 Multiple LUNs can be created for each target However the maximum number of concurrent connections to the iSCSI targets supported by the NAS varies depending on your network infrastructure and the application performance Too many concurrent connections may slow down the performance of the NAS Follow the steps below to configure the iSCSI target service on the NAS 1 Under the Portal Management tab enable iSCSI target service Apply the settings iSCSI PORTAL MANAGEMENT TARGET MANAGEMENT ADVANCED ACL iSCSI Portal Enable iSCSI Target Service C Enable iSns iSMS Server IP PREETI T eee etree etree errr eee rere rere reer rer etree errr errr re reer re eee eer eee ee eee ee APPLY 2 Next go to the Target Management tab and create iSCSI targets on the NAS If you have not created any iSCSI targets the Quick Installation Wizard will show up and prompt you to create iSCSI targets and LUN Logical unit number Click OK 121 3 Select to create an iSCSI target with a mapped LUN an iSCSI target only or an iSCSI LUN only Click Next Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard TURBO NAS lwvantto create iSCSI Target with a mapped LUN C iSCSI Target only C iSCSlLUN only
138. arget 1 Click Quick Configuration Wizard under Target Management iSCSI PORTAL MANAGEMENT TARGET MANAGEMENT ADVANCED ACL Target Management QUICK CONFIGURATION WIZARD Quick Configuration Wizard will assist you to create an iSCSI target and LUN 2 Select iSCSI LUN only and click Next Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard Turso NAS lwantto create iscsi Target with a mapped LUM iSCSI Target only f iSCSI LUN only CANCEL 128 3 Select the LUN allocation method Enter the LUN name select the LUN directory and specify the capacity for the LUN Click Next iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP Create an iSCSI LUN TURBO NAS LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning Instant Allocation LJN Name Capacity 129 4 Select the target to map the LUN to You can also select not to map the LUN for now iSCS Quick Configuration Wizard QNAP Map to Target Optional TURBO NAS Do not map itto a target for now iqn 2O04 04 com qnapts BUY iscsia oauout iqn 2004 04 com qnapts BUS iscsiallen daogout ign 2004 04 com qnap ts BUY iscsi targetl Baloour ign 2004 04 com qnap ts SOUSiscsi rrreagoor Step 2 of4 BACK Ea CANCEL 5 Confirm the settings and click Next iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard Cane Confirm Settings TURBO NAS i LUN Allocation Thin Provisioning LUN Name O02 LUN Location
139. ary Good Hard Disk Model Hitachi Deskstar TFKSO0 No errors were detected on the Drive Capacity 298 03 GE hard disk Your hard disk should Hard Drive Health Good be operating properly Hard Drive Temperature 44 oc Test Time Test Result Not tested 107 4 4 Encrypted File System This feature is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 119P TS 219P TS 419P TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 419U TS 412U You can manage the encrypted disk volumes on the NAS on this page Each encrypted disk volume is locked by a particular key The encrypted volume can be unlocked by the following methods e Encryption Password Enter the encryption password to unlock the disk volume The default password is admin The password must be 8 16 characters long Symbols amp _ are Supported e Encryption Key File You can upload the encryption file to the server to unlock the disk volume The key can be downloaded from Encryption Key Management page after you have unlocked the disk volume successfully The data encryption functions may not be available in accordance to the legislative restrictions of some countries Disk Volume Encryption Management Volume Total Size Status Action Mirroring Disk Yolume Drive 1 2 145 24 GB Unlocked ENCRYPTION KEY MANAGEMENT 108 How to use the data encryption feature on QNAP Turbo NAS The data encryption feature on th
140. atabase Enable TCP IP Networking You can enable this option to configure MySQL server of the NAS as a database server of another web server in remote site through Internet connection When you disable this option your MySQL server will only be configured as local database server for the web server of the NAS After enabling remote connection assign a port for the remote connection service of MySQL server The default port is 3306 After the first time installation of the NAS a folder phpMyAdmin is created in the Qweb Web network folder You can enter http NAS IP phpMyAdmin in the web browser to enter the phpMyAdmin page and manage the MySQL database Note e Do not delete the phpMyAdmin folder You can rename this folder but the link on the MySQL server page will not be updated To connect to the renamed folder you can enter the link http NAS IP renamed folder in the web browser e The phpMyAdmin folder is created after the first time installation When you update the firmware the folder remains unchanged 367 Database Maintenance e Reset root password Execute this function to reset the password of MySQL root as admin e Re initialize database Execute this function to delete all the data on MySQL database For the information of hosting a phpBB forum on the NAS see hereb1 amp MySQL Server MiySOL Server You can enable WySQL server as the website database Enable this option to allow remote connecti
141. ator Password 212 The NAS helps you e Configure the DNS information on the NAS e Synchronize the time of the NAS with a domain controller e Join the NAS to an AD domain Click NEXT to continue Active Directory Wizard ONAP Wizard information TURBO NAS This wizard will help you complete the following actions Configure the DNS information on the MAS Synchronize the time of the WAS with the domain controller Join the WAS to an Active Directory domain Introduction CANCEL 213 Enter the domain name of the domain name service DNS The NetBIOS name will be generated automatically when you type the domain name Specify the DNS server IP for domain resolution The IP must be the same as the DNS server of your Active Directory Click NEXT Active Directory Wizard ONAP Domain name service DNS and Domain Oe is ate information Fearate IYO OMAN Enter the ONS Server IP for the domain resolution lt must be the ONS server of your Active Directory PUR eeCOOCOee OOOO eee etter ee Cer ree Terre rere rt tt Me CCPC Cree re Tr eter errr rT Tr Teer errr reer rr rer errr ery Sten 1 of 3 s rissa A 214 Select a domain controller from the drop down menu The domain controller is responsible for time synchronization between the NAS and the domain server and user authentication Enter the domain administrator name and password Click JOIN Active Directory Wizard xe
142. b Select a root folder for example Dept and click 2 Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS i New Share Folder Restore Default Network Shares 189 The folder name and its first level subfolders are shown on the left The users with configured access rights are shown in the panel with special permission below Double click the first level subfolders to view the second level subfolders Share Folders E r SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS E o o Dept Admin HR Production al Sales test we Owner admin Only the owner can delete the contents see online help Only admin can create files and folders see online help Apply changes to files and sub folders Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders For detailed instructions please click here Select the root folder Dept Click Add to specify read only read write or deny access for the users and user groups Share Folders E SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS Froduction Sales test Ea Owner admin Only the owner can delete the contents see online help Only admin can create files and folders see online help Apply changes to files and sub folders Apply and replace all existing permissions ofthis folder files and subfolders
143. bers 0 9 dash and underscore _ The user name cannot exceed 32 characters Specify whether or not the user is an administrator and the folders that the user can or cannot access Click Save Note that the password must be 1 to 16 characters long It can only contain A Z a z 0 9 T P Add User Username Password Verity Password Description s E L 5 Admin m Disabled Inaccessible Folder Accessible Folder MUS C photos viden Save Cancel The users are shown on the list You can edit the user information delete the user or change the login password Note that the default account admin cannot be deleted User Management Username Description Disabled Is Admin admin System Administra M T EditUser test Edit User Delete User Change Password 307 Change Password You can change the administrator password in this section The password must be 1 to 16 characters long The password can only contain A Z a z 0 9 _ Media Center My Jukebox Username Derucreption Ditabiod bs Aiman Control Panel EEE gE a n F a Change Password lho Manage Change Pas two d i Old Password eaa F cite Hen EORI New Password Photo frame Seti mep Verity Password Sat Foidart Pubit 308 Playlist Editor To create a playlist enter Playlist Editor Select an existing playlist from the drop down menu or click
144. ccounts including admin of Multimedia Station are different from the system user a concern itis suggested to set a different password for admin 282 4 When the page of Multimedia Station is shown click Login Enter the user name with access right to this service and the password If you login as the administrator admin you can create new users and configure other advanced settings ONAP oo mMuctmenvia Station Home About Help English Media Center i a Vie All v Sort Name kd Az e Q No public folders files available for viewing 4 Copyright 2010 QONAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 283 Multimedia Station consists of Media Center My Jukebox and Control Panel Home Logout James About Help English v ONAP MULTIMEDIA STATION My Music My Photo a gt AE RE ry Cone My Video oe S gt P aaa pose ier fog mee z fe p ER i a i cas Pe seg SEER oe Costa Rican Fr IMG_0013 JPG IMG_0023 PG IMG_0024 PG Ee IMG_0036 JPG IMG_0045 JPG IMG_0050 JPG IMG_0052 PG 7 IMG_0069 JPG IMG_0071 JPG IMG_0072 J3PG IMG_0074 PG IMG_0076 JPG My Jukebox IMG_0077 JPG IMG_0078 JPG IMG_0084 JPG T Pensive Parak Control Panel right 2010 QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Rese 284 Media Center The folders and multimedia files of the default network share Qmultimedia Multimedia of Multimedia Station are shown in Media Center You can view or play the multimedia co
145. cent z CJ SendTo E He Start Menu Schedule Monitor Save 4 Defaults SaNa 484 Backup Schedule Ea aunda onday EE Wesday F wedr sdap Thursday F Friday Saturday 485 Monitor Select a folder for monitoring When this option is enabled all the new and modified files on the PC will be copied to the NAS instantly Other files will be gray and cannot be selected Click Monitor again to stop monitoring An icon will appear on task bar of Windows when monitoring is in process E NetBak Replicator E x NetBak Replicator A tes i i a For client NAS Sever MESME Share Folder backup QR Backup Restore F da OM Me Oo HA CA Documents and Settings E 2 Administrator Be Ha Documents and Settings H aa Administrator A Default User l ies Application Data Ta Desktop H v GQ Favorites el Ga Local Settings Hl Ga My Documents ies Nethood Sale FrintH ood spe Recent Ha SendTo G e GA Start Menu 486 Initialize Configuration Click Save As Defaults to save the current settings of NetBak Replicator as the defaults When you login again the program will load the default settings automatically You can also select to load the utility automatically when Windows starts E NetBak Replicator NetBak Replicator Backup Restore a aby OO OM MM OO FO CA Documents and Settings vf J Administrator EI E Documents and
146. click Change To authenticate targets using CHAP click Secret to specify a CHAP secret secret To configure PSec Tunnel Mode addresses click Tunnel Tunnel Apply 153 4 6 Virtual Disk You can use this function to add the iSCSI targets of other QNAP NAS or storage servers to the NAS as the virtual disks for storage capacity expansion The NAS supports maximum 8 virtual disks Virtual Disk Add Virtual Disk Mo virtual disk available Delete To add a virtual disk to the NAS make sure an iSCSI target has been created Click Add Virtual Disk Virtual Disk Add Virtual Disk Mo virtual disk available 154 Enter the target server IP and port number default 3260 Click Get Remote Disk Select a target from the target list If authentication is required enter the user name and the password You may select the options Data Digest and or Header Digest optional These are the parameters that the iSCSI initiator will be verified when it attempts to connect to the iSCSI target Then click NEXT Add Virtual Disk ex Add Virtual Disk TargetServerIPiName 10 8 12111 0 Pt 32 GET REMOTE DISE Target Name ign 2004 04 com gnap ts 439proil iscsi 001 be23t Initiator aM ign 2004 04 c0om gnap TS 119 0WAPAIEX Authentication CROMChAecksum toptionalh User Name IOT EAT EREET C Data Digest Password 2 ERENT TENTS C Header Digest Step 1 ots CANCEL 155 E
147. ct sparse files 2 u Number of retries PERRE Check file contents 2 Retry Intervals second 60 ae all Compress files during transmission Fa C Ignore symbolic links z C Extended attributes 7 CANCEL 396 Download replication job logs To view the status and logs of a replication job click a Options Create New Replication Job 10 8 13 133 Digable Deere Eee Cone a CCU ETE OCCT MT RCRECATeNT Failed Check the log for detail a You can view the details of a replication job Job Status and Logs Job Name Recordings Remote Qrecordings Schedule Type Schedule Weekly Monday 00 00 Folder Pairs 1 Total File s Total Folder s Total File Size Average Transmit Speed 0 KB Elapsed Time 00 00 00 Time Left 00 00 00 Status Failed 397 You can view the job logs or download the logs by clicking Download Logs The log file can be opened by Microsoft Excel or other text editor software Note that this button is only available after you have enabled Download Detailed Logs in Options gt Event Logs and executed the replication job once Job Status and Logs 2010 11 30 2070 11 30 2010 11 30 2010 11 30 2010 11 30 2070 11 30 2070 11 30 Download Logs 15 28 25 15 28 25 15 28 25 15 28 25 15 28 25 15 28 25 15 28 25 Job Recordings Remote Qrecordings started The number of
148. d a local printer Use this option only if you don t have a USE printer Windows automatically installs USE printers when you plug them in Add a network wireless or Bluetooth printer Make sure that your computer is connected to the network or that your Bluetooth or wireless printer is tumed on 418 4 While Windows is searching for available network printers click The printer that I want isn t listed Searching for available printers 5 Click Select a shared printer by name and then enter the address of the network printer The address is in the following format http NAS_IP 631 printers ServernamePR where the NAS_IP can also be a domain name address if you want to print remotely For example http 10 8 13 59 631 printers NASPR3 RETESET aoe K 2 2929 Se 28 oe 55 3530493030 5000307 rast Sag eeee oes Find a printer by name or TCP IP address O Browse for a printer Select a shared printer by name hittps10 8 13 59 63 1 printers MASPR3 Example computemame printemame or http computemame printers printername printer Add a printer using a TCP IP address or hostname 419 6 J ees The wizard will prompt you for the correct printer driver You may also download the latest printer driver from the manufacturer s website if it is not built into Windows operating system Select the manufacturer and model of your printes If your printer came
149. dash and underscore _ ONAP MULTIMEDIA STATION Selected Images Subject Pe ee admin My Email Friend s Marne Friend s Email You can post your personal message here 302 Play video The NAS supports playing video files on the web browser Simply click a video file on the web page the NAS will start playing it If you click a video file in a folder all other supported video files in the folder will also be shown in the playlist and played Click X to exit the playback page QNAP 15 639 Pro Turbo NAS MP4 QNAP TS 639 Pro Turbo NAS MP 4 00 01 19 00 07 27 seeking Volume Copyright 22010 GYAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 303 Transcode video If the video files are in AVI M4V MPG MPEG RM RMVB WMV formats you need to transcode the file in order to play it on Multimedia Station properly A video file which can be transcoded is shown with an icon like below in thumbnail view Click the icon and confirm to perform video transcoding Wait patiently when transcoding is in process i aa 2010 05 05 2 The video will be converted into FLV format You can then play it on your web browser Only administrators are allowed to transcode a video QNAP does not guarantee all video formats or codecs are supported You are highly recommended to convert the video files into the formats that Multimedia Station supports before uploading the files to the NAS Home viden ar ja c o
150. dd 144 You can configure the connection properties of the selected iSCSI target in the Setup tab Name iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 439proili iscsi formac be2 3f2 Alias r Ports Network Node 7 Auto Login ey i co a Pat i ee I 145 Click the Status tab select the target to connect Then click Login to proceed 146 The first time you logon to the iSCSI target a popup message will be shown to remind you the disk is not initialized Click Initialize to format the disk You can also open the Disk Utilities application to do the initialization Diak Insertion The disk you inserted was mot readable by this computer iniiae Cine E You can now use the iSCSI target as an external drive on your Mac mig D i Te m E Charged Thu Jun 3 Macintosh HD l Bae SCSI MyisLSt 147 Connect to the iSCSI targets by Open iSCSI Initiator on Ubuntu Linux This section shows you how to use Linux Open iSCSI Initiator on Ubuntu to add the iSCSI target QNAP NAS as an extra partition Before you start to use the iSCSI target service make sure you have created an iSCSI target with a LUN on the NAS and installed the correct iSCSI initiator for your OS About Linux Open iSCSI Initiator The Linux Open iSCSI Initiator is a built in package in Ubuntu 8 04 LTS or later You can connect to an iSCSI volume ata shell prompt with just a few commands More information about Ubuntu is
151. ddress One more step to go We ve sent an email to qnap qnap com s to verify your account Please check your inbox and click on the If you do not receive the emal in the next few minutes you can try resending it pea 5 Click the link in the email for confirmation Your DynDNS com Account Information m x DynDNS com Donotreply to show details 11 30 5 minutes ago Reply Your DynONs com Account QNAP has been created You need to visit ihe confirmation address below within 46 hours to complete ihgraccount creation process Our basic service offerings are free but they are supported by our paid services See http www dyndns com services for a full listing of all of our available Services If you did not sign up for this account this will be the only communication you will receive All non confirmed accounts are automatically deleted after 46 hours and no addresses are kept on file We apologize for any inconvenience this correspondence may have caused and we assure you that it was only sent at the request of someone visiting our site requesting an account Sincerely The DynDNs com Team Dynamic Network Services inc 494 6 Click Confirm Account and login DynDNS O DynDNS on Please Confirm Your Password Please log in to finalize account activation Username qnap Password 0000000 f Forgot your password 495 7 Register a host name for your NA
152. der Pair Number 2 Folder Pairs 1 Recordings gt fadownload Folder Pairs 2 Download gt fadownload Server Type Local folder to remote folder Server Type FIP Server Host Name 10 8 13 133 21 i User Name test Schedule Type Real time Timeout secondi 120 i Policy Humber of retries 3 Retry Intervals second 60 File size 1000 mb a are Pirties sa step 10 of 11 BACK i NEXT i CANCEL 392 Click FINISH to exit the wizard Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP TURBO NAS Setup complete Congratulations You have finished all the steps for Quick Configuration Sten 11 of 11 FINISH Current Jobs RTRR Real time Remote Replication allows one way data replication between two serversflocations tincluding FTF server in real time or according to the specified schedule You must enable R TRA or FTF server on the remote server in order to use this function Options Create New Replication Job 10 8 13 133 Enabled L Recordings Remote Qdownload Real time Initializing 26 filets all 393 e Enable connection to a remote server e Start a replication job Stop connection to a remote server or external drive Stop a replication job View job status and logs download logs e Edit the connection settings of a remote server e Edit the settings of a replication job e Delete connection settings to a remote server e Delete a replication job
153. dify the target settings target alias CHAP information and checksum settings Modify the LUN settings LUN allocation name disk volume directory etc Delete an iSCSI target All the connections will be removed o Disable an LUN All the connections will be removed B Enable an LUN Unmap the LUN from the target Note that you must disable the LUN first before unmapping the LUN When you click this button the LUN will be moved to Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List Map the LUN to an iSCSI target This option is only available on the Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List View the connection status of an iSCSI target 133 Switch the mapping of LUN The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 3 0 or later and Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 2 0 or later only Follow the steps below to switch the mapping of an LUN 1 Select an LUN to unmap from an iSCSI target and click Disable iSCSI Target List L id 0 001 1 00 GB Enabled 2 Next click Unmap to unmap the LUN The LUN will appear on the Un Mapped iSCSI LUN List Click 4 Map to map the LUN to another target iSC Sl Target List 01 ign 2004 04 comts 239 1scsitarget01 cbhchc Ready L id 001 1 00 GB Disabled 02 iqn 2004 04 com s 239 iscsi target02 8cbc6c 134 3 Select the target to map the LUN to and click Apply Map LUN to Target 001 allen ign 2004 04 com gqnapts 809
154. dns org and the port on the WAN for the connection from the Internet After finishing the settings click Test to verify the connection Camera Number Camera Model Camera Name IP Address Port WAN IP for monitoring from public network If your IP camera is installed behind NAT router you may input the public IP address or URL and the corresponding forwarded port of the router Port User Name administrator Password Note All the camera configuration will not take effect until you click the Apply button 360 Go to the configuration page of your router and configure the port forwarding as below e Forward port 8000 to the LAN IP of the NAS 192 168 1 60 e Forward port 81 to the LAN IP of IP camera 1 192 168 1 10 e Forward port 82 to the LAN IP of IP camera 2 192 168 1 20 Note When you change the port settings make sure remote access is allowed For example if you office network blocks the port 8000 you will not be able to connect to your NAS from the office After you have configured the port forwarding and the router settings you can start to use the Surveillance Station for remote monitoring over the Internet 361 Connect to the snapshots and video recordings of Surveillance Station All the snapshots are saved in My Documents gt Snapshot Windows XP in your computer If you are using Windows 7 or Vista the default directory is Documents gt Snapshot
155. e 32 28 GB Free Size 112 96 GB 266 Upload file To use this feature install Adobe Flash plugin for your web browser i Open the folder to upload file to Click _ ii Click Browse to select the file s iii Select to skip or overwrite existing file in the folder Upload to Qmultimedia Browse Start Clear I Mode Skip Overwrite at 27 9 kE Blue hills jpg R E emove i 65 5 kB Sunset pg Remove 81 8 kE l Water liles jpg R E eMmoVve 103 1 kB Winter jpq Remove Close iv Click Start Download file P Select a file or folder to download ii Right click the mouse and select Download or click E to download the file Create folder i Select a network share or folder in which you want to create a new folder ii Click Lg Create Folder iii Enter the name of the new folder and click OK 267 Rename file or folder i Selecta file or folder to rename Y ii Click Rename iii Enter the new file or folder name and click OK Copy files or folders i Select the files or folders to copy li Click Bas Copy iii Select the destination folder iv Select to skip or overwrite the existing file in the destination folder Click OK Move files or folders i Select the files or folders to move ii Click Move iii Select the destination folder iv Select to skip or overwrite the existing file in the destinatio
156. e BT download you must enter at least one DNS server IP for proper URL connection Otherwise the function may not work properly e If you select to obtain the IP address by DHCP there is no need to configure the primary and the secondary DNS servers In this case enter 0 0 0 0 v Jumbo Frame Settings MTU This feature is not supported by TS 509 Pro TS 809 Pro and TS 809U RP Jumbo Frames refer to the Ethernet frames that are larger than 1500 bytes It is designed to enhance Ethernet networking throughput and reduce the CPU utilization of large file transfers by enabling more efficient larger payloads per packet Maximum Transmission Unit MTU refers to the size in bytes of the largest packet that a given layer of a communications protocol can transmit The NAS uses standard Ethernet frames 1500 bytes by default If your network appliances support Jumbo Frame setting select the appropriate MTU value for your network environment The NAS Supports 4074 7418 and 9000 bytes for MTU Note The Jumbo Frame setting is valid in Gigabit network environment only All the network appliances connected must enable Jumbo Frame and use the same MTU value 44 Wi Fi To connect the NAS to a Wi Fi network plug in a wireless dongle into a USB port of the NAS The NAS will detect a list of wireless access points You can connect the NAS to the Wi Fi network in two ways Note The wireless connection performance depe
157. e 531 18 2 System Temperature ProlecviOn ncvcatevetiaewadeey innana aniar A EANNA 533 18 3 Troubleshooting Abnormal RAID Operation ccc ccc cece cece eee eee eee eee e eens 534 19 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE cccscccneecnneeccnseeeeseeueseuueeouesenuuseuuseegusenuesans 536 1 Notice Thank you for choosing QNAP products This user manual provides detailed instructions of using the Turbo NAS network attached storage Please read carefully and start to enjoy the powerful functions of the Turbo NAS e The Turbo NAS is hereafter referred to as the NAS e This manual provides the description of all the functions of the Turbo NAS The product you purchased may not support certain functions dedicated to specific models Legal Notices All the features functionality and other product specifications are subject to change without prior notice or obligation Information contained herein is subject to change without notice QNAP and the QNAP logo are trademarks of QNAP Systems Inc All other brands and product names referred to are trademarks of their respective holders Further the or symbols are not used in the text DISCLAIMER In no event shall the liability of QNAP Systems Inc QNAP exceed the price paid for the product from direct indirect special incidental or consequential software or its documentation QNAP makes no warranty or representation expressed implied or statutory with respect to its products or
158. e Turbo NAS allows you to encrypt the disk volumes on the NAS with 256 bit AES encryption for data breach protection The encrypted disk volumes can only be mounted for normal read write access with the authorized password The encryption protects the confidential data from unauthorized access even if the hard drives or the entire server were stolen About AES encryption In cryptography the Advanced Encryption Standard AES is an encryption standard adopted by the U S government The standard comprises three block ciphers AES 128 AES 192 and AES 256 Each AES cipher has a 128 bit block size with key sizes of 128 192 and 256 bits respectively The AES ciphers have been analyzed extensively and are now used worldwide Source http en wikipedia org wiki Advanced_Encryption_Standard The AES volume based encryption is applicable only to specific QNAP NAS models Please refer to the comparison table at http www qnap com images products comparison Comparison_NAS html Before you start Please beware of the following before you start to use the data encryption feature of the Turbo NAS e The encryption feature of the Turbo NAS is volume based A volume can be a single disk a JBOD configuration or a RAID array e You have to select whether or not to encrypt your data when you create a disk volume on the NAS In other words you will not be able to encrypt a volume after it has been created unless you initialize the disk volume
159. e button below will take you to your Administration Control Panel ACP Take some time to examine the options available to you Remember that help is available online via the Documentation and the support forums see the README for further 37 phpBB Group 527 This is the phpBB3 Administration Control Panel where you can perform all administrative tasks i i i Ousted Board fmatures Seca Tee Jun 10 FOO 4 4 p Private mamape pena i Pose Sue of costed E Lear regener i a TTU eee on ee Z e mE gt a saiaga TEREE Emmai sengs Resynchronien statistics labbe senny Rete culties a total amber of paati bans usep sad Her aigh posts be isien inio Tor rieh i eee TRETEN ne een io Lowc metige Firat unease gi ba ard tren moredi marg boge thet baw pemn Search mings ary kawt drng ha pait nr morthi j Borge aj cache relates iena tho mds By cached tempi Wes or maner Logged administrator actions This gwes an owerview of the last fve actions carned out by board admunistrators 4 ful copy of the log can be viewed from the appropriate menu Rem of followang the link Esch 2 l a View acimirestrater beg BD isnin i Te un Hh Soe dite om Insialied phpbb 3 0 5 Inactive users This ts 3 fst of the lest 10 regetered users who hare inadwe accounts A full bet is available from the appropriate marai ites or by Folloverg thee link below trom where wu ran acest delete nr remire fhe se
160. e designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software and charge for them if you wish that you receive source code or can get it if you want it that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs and that you know you can do these things To protect your rights we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to Surrender the rights Therefore you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software or if you modify it responsibilities to respect the freedom of others For example if you distribute copies of such a program whether gratis or for a fee you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received You must make sure that they too receive or can get the source code And you must show them these terms so they know their rights Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps 1 assert copyright on the software and 2 offer you this License giving you legal permission to copy distribute and or modify it For the developers and authors protection the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software For both users and authors sake the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as changed so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modified versions of the softwa
161. e disk info shows the temperature and the capacity of the hard drives eae Volume This section shows the hard drive configuration of the NAS The first line shows the RAID configuration and storage capacity the second line shows the member drive number of the configuration Rtate otst ttt yt 7tstetete If there is more than one volume press the Select button to view the information The following table Shows the description of the LCD messages for RAID 5 configuration LCD Display Drive configuration RAID5 S RAID5 spare RAID5 D RAID 5 degraded mode 472 System This section shows the system temperature and the rotation speed of the system fan cle fel ttfetmto tet stele te ee te siyde fe yete ys fetets tate yey Shut down Use this option to turn off the NAS Press the Select button to select Yes Then press the Enter button to confirm Reboot Use this option to restart the NAS Press the Select button to select Yes Then press the Enter button to confirm Password The default password of the LCD panel is blank Enter this option to change the password of the LCD panel Select Yes to continue You may enter a password of maximum 8 numeric characters 0 9 When the cursor moves to OK press the Enter button Verify the password to confirm the changes Select this option to return to the main menu 473 System Mes
162. e dual LAN NAS are connected to the network 38 Advanced Options A Virtual LAN VLAN is a group of hosts which communicate as if they were attached to the same broadcast domain even if they were located in different physical locations You can join the NAS to a VLAN and configure the NAS as a backup storage of other devices on the same VLAN To join the NAS to a VLAN select Enable VLAN and enter the VLAN ID a value between 0 and 4094 Please keep your VLAN ID safe and make Sure your client devices are able to join the VLAN If you forgot the VLAN ID and were not able to connect to the NAS you would need to press the reset button of the NAS to reset the network settings Once the NAS is reset the VLAN feature will be disabled If your NAS supports two Gigabit LAN ports and only one network interface is configured to enable VLAN you may also connect to the NAS via the other network interface Note The VLAN feature is supported by Intel based NAS models only Please visit http www qnap com for details TCP IP Property Network Parameter Advanced Options Enable VLAM 802 1 0 Note Plaase make sure the terminal devices or other computers have the ability to join WYLAN or you will lose the connection and have to RESET the NAS network settings ta disable VLAN feature Step 1 of 1 APPLY CANCEL ii Default Gateway Select the gateway settings to use if you have connected both LAN ports to the network dual LAN
163. e inconsistent with the actual time when an action occurs Set the server time the same as your computer time To synchronize the server time with the time of your computer click Update now next to this option Synchronize with an Internet time server automatically You can turn on this option to synchronize the date and time of the NAS automatically with specified NTP Network Time Protocol server Enter the IP address or domain name of the NTP server for example time nist gov time windows com Then enter the time interval for synchronization This option can be used only when the NAS is connected to the Internet Note The first time synchronization may take several minutes to complete General Settings SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION DATE AND TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME LANGUAGE PASSWORD STRENGTH Current date and time 201011729 12 33 34 Monday Date and Time Time Zone GMT 08 00 Taipei are Date Format oo yyyv MM DD ov Time Setting 24HR v Manual Setting Synchronize with an internet time server automatically d Serwer OO eee day s Time Interval 1 setihe server time the same as your computer time siesta 33 Daylight Saving Time If your region adopts daylight saving time DST you can turn on the option Adjust system clock automatically for daylight saving time Click Apply The latest DST schedule of the time zone you select in the Date and Time section will be shown Th
164. e list meets this criterion 1 Source Code The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it Object code means any non source form of a work A Standard Interface means an interface that either is an official standard defined by a recognized standards body or in the case of interfaces specified for a particular programming language one that is widely used among developers working in that language 537 The System Libraries of an executable work include anything other than the work as a whole that a is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component but which is not part of that Major Component and b serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form A Major Component in this context means a major essential component kernel window system and so on of the specific operating system if any on which the executable work runs or a compiler used to produce the work or an object code interpreter used to run it The Corresponding Source for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate install and for an executable work run the object code and to modify the work including scripts to control those activities However it does not include the work s System Libraries or general purpose tools or generally
165. e system time will be adjusted automatically according to the DST Note that if your region does not adopt DST the options on this page will not be available General Settings SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION DATE AND TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME LANGUAGE PASSWORD STRENGTH Daylight Saving Time Time Zone GOMT 08 00 Taipei Recent daylight saving time Start time End time Offset Minutes Adjust system clock automatically for daylight saving time C Enable customized daylight saving time table To enter the daylight saving time table manually select the option Enable customized daylight saving time table Click Add Daylight Saving Time Data and enter the daylight saving time schedule Then click Apply to save the settings Adjust system clock automatically for daylight saving time Customized Daylight Saving Time Tables Add Daylight Saving Time Data 6 Delete j 34 Language Select the language the NAS uses to display the files and directories Note All files and directories on the NAS will be created using Unicode encoding If the FTP clients or the OS of your PC does not support Unicode select the language which is the same as your OS language in order to view the files and directories on the server properly General Settings SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION DATE AND TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME LANGUAGE PASSWORD STRENGTH Language riami Engana Engich att ttt
166. e your own website easily by Web Server It also supports Joomla PHP and MySQL SQLite for you to establish an interactive website Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Web Server Welcome admin Logout English Web Server J WEB SERVER VIRTUAL HOST Web Server After enabling this function you can Upload the webpage files to Web network share to publish your website Enable Web Server Port Number 80 register_globals Oon off Enable Secure Connection SSL Fort B081 Mumber Enable Web DAW Show service link on the login page After enabling this service click the following link to enter to VWweb Server Atta 0 6 1 2 117 60 Atta 0 8 12 111 8081 php ini Maintenance LJ php ini Maintenance The file php ini is the system configuration file oftiWweb Server After enabling this function you can edit Upload or restore this file It is recommended to use the system default setting 235 To use Web Server follow the steps below 1 Enable the service and enter the port number The default number is 80 2 Configure other settings e Configure register_globals Select to enable or disable register_globals The setting is disabled by default When the web program prompts you to enable php register_globals enable this option However for system security concern it is recommended to turn this option off e php ini Maintenance Select the option php ini Maintenance and choose to upload edit or restore p
167. eb Server Multimedia Station Ghobile FIPIFTPS 20 214 FIPIFTRS Sol 445 Secure Web Administration mm 8 LT re Ao BACK fe NEXT The NAS services which use the ports opened in the previous step will be shown You can enable the services which are currently disabled and publish the web based NAS services such as web administration Web Server Multimedia Server and Web File Manager to http www mycloudnas com Click Next By enabling the NAS services in this step they are opened for remote access even if they were not published By enabling and publishing the NAS services they are accessible from http www mycloudnas com MyCloudNAS Wizard Ea Enable and Publish NAS Services YOU can enable the MAS services which are currently disabled and publish them to MyCloudNaAs WebSite masserices abe Publish Web Administration In service Web File Manager In service Wieb Serer In service Multimedia Station In service Secure Web Server F F a Secure Multimedia Station F E ai SNET BACK ar CANCEL 453 A summary will be shown You can access your NAS by the MyCloudNAS name and download the URLs of the published services Click Finish to exit MyCloudNAS Wizard Ta Summary Congratulations You have completed the following settings MyCloudNAS Name test 23 hitpiwew mevcloudnas com Published NAS services for remote access ea Web Administration Web File Manager W
168. eb Server Multimedia Station DOWNLOAD ACCESS URLS Auto router configuration PnP port forwarding a Step 6 of 6 Copy the URLs and access the NAS services by the web browser serviceURL txt Notepad Format View Help You can remotely access the NAS via the following links My CloudhAs Portal Hitt www my cloudnas cam My CloudhAs Name test 23 Web Administration httoeitest 23 mycloudnas cam s0e0 cqi binshtmiagin Atm Web File Manager htt test 43 mycloudnas cam s0s0 cqi binfilemanager Web Server httoitest 23 mycloudnas cam soy Multimedia Station httow test 23 mycloudnas com SO MSWA 454 To access the NAS services via MyCloudNAS portal go to http www mycloudnas com enter your MyCloudNAS name and select the correct domain name Click Go to access the published NAS services NiyCloudNAS co Service Home Privacy Policy Terms of Use What s MyCloudNAS Service Copyright 2010 MyCloudNAS COM All Rights Reserved This site is best viewed in 1024 x 768 true color with IE7 0 or Firefox 3 0 455 Click the service icons and login the web based NAS services MyCloudNAS Service Multimedia Station Home Privacy Policy Terms of Use What s MyCloudNaAs Service Copyright 2010 MyCloudNAS COM All Rights Reserved This site is best viewed in 1024 x 768 true color with IE7 0 or Firefox 3 0 456 10 2 Configure MyCloudNAS You can select to enable
169. ec When you press the reset button for 10 seconds you will hear two beeps at the third and the tenth seconds The NAS will reset all the system settings to default as it does by the web based system reset in Administration gt Restore to Factory Default except all the data are reserved The settings such as the users user groups and the network share folders you previously created will be cleared To retrieve the old data after the advanced system reset you may create the same network share folders on the NAS and the data will be accessible again 57 Enable hard disk standby mode When this function is turned on the hard drive enters standby mode if there is no access within the specified period Enable light signal alert when the free size of SATA disk is less than the value The status LED flashes red and green when this function is turned on and the free space of the SATA hard drive is less than the value The range of the value is 1 51200 MB Enable write cache for EXT4 If the disk volume of the NAS is in EXT 4 format you can gain better write performance by turning on this option Note that an unexpected system shutdown may lead to incomplete data transfer when data write is in process This option will be turned off when any of the following services is enabled Download Station MySQL service user quota and Surveillance Station You are recommended to turn this option off if the NAS is set as a shared
170. ectinstant automatic or schedule backup Available shares Shares to back up Network Recycle Bin 1 Public Odownload multimedia Qrecordings Qusb web Back up to an USBDiskl w The drive is ready External Storage Device Backup Method Copy options destination will be deleted files of the same names will be overwritten by the source Source data will remain unchanged Current Backup Mo backup operations Status Last Backup Time Last Backup Result 409 8 5 USB One Touch Copy This feature is not supported by TS 809U RP You can configure the bahaviour of the USB one touch copy button on this page The following three functions are available I cca Copy from the front USB storage to a Create directory A new directory will be created on directory of the internal hard drives of the the destination and the source data will be copied to NAS this directory The new directory will be named as the backup date YYYYMMDD If there are two or more backups on the same day the directory will be named with YYYYMMDD 1 YYYYMMDD 2 and so on Copy Back up data to the destination share folder If the same file exists the destination file will be overwritten Synchronize Back up data to the destination share folder and clear the redundant files If the same file exists the destination file will be overwritten Copy to the front USB storage from a Copy Back up data to the destination s
171. edia IMG_0027 jpg b 324 Music view iPod gt FF 5 30 li Paz Media Center Media a Molt The Snow Media Breathless hae Wi ard Sharia i nel Melt The Snow ya Vi ar I Gl ye A i fret Someone To Love EE ma tel an i wim lel or oe ae ese ard al J ilad aro j Stand By Me vas elle A a n a ne Ward Shane Wrard That s My Goal a m TnT an rin ted Soe TAP You re Not Alone Shey 5 aT hare Ward 6 Songs Video view iPod Media Center Media Palau mp4 Lassi mi rn 6 42 1 video clip 325 2 Upload Photos to NAS You may upload photos on your handheld devices to the NAS directly through QMobile Select the file source by tapping and select the file destination of the NAS by tapping F F5 29 cu iPod gt P54 My 439 Settings Back Upload Photos Media Center My Jukebox gt Upload Photos lt A My Favorites A 326 Photo Source Choose the photos from your handheld devices Photo destination Choose the root folder Qmultimedia Multimedia folder of NAS or the sub folder to save the photos iPod Sie te Cancel Cancel Select Folder Root IPoD Media Photo QNAP Photo source Photo destination 327 Select the photos and tap the Upload icon to upload the photos to the NAS iPod F756 Back Upload Photos Photo on 20 07 55 15 PM Photo on 20 07 56 29 PM 2 photos to upload 328
172. elcome admin Logout English Share Folders Ey SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS O MA New Share Folder_ Restore Defaut Network shares O Dept f4 KE gapga Download 400 23 MB g 14 Mo GAGieigks Multimedia 14 95 GB 66 680 No BEGG iGks Network Recycle Bin 1 28 KB 4 2 No BAGG Public 30 1 GB 8 1668 No i Fs Next mount the network share folders of the NAS as the network shares on your operating systems by WebDAV 237 Windows XP 1 Right click My Computer and select Map Network Drive 5 My Documents Open Explore Search Manage Mi feu MG Scan For viruses places Map n Hetmork Drive Create Shortcut Interne Delete Explore Rename Properties Rec cle Bini 2 Click Sign up for online storage or connect to a network server Map Network Drive Windows can help you connect to a shared network Folder and assign a drive letter to the connection so that you can access the folder using My Computer Specify the drive latter For the connection and the Folder that you want to connect to Example server share Reconnect at logon network server EES cys Finish cancel 238 3 Select Choose another network location Add Network Pace Wizard Where do you want to create this network place Select a service provider If you do not have a membership vath the provider you select t
173. em CDFS Free Space 0 bytes Total Size 506 MB 621 bytes H My Computer 15 2 2 Hard Disk Drive Compatibility List This product works with 2 5 inch and 3 5 inch SATA hard disk drives from major hard drive brands For the hard disk drive compatibility list please visit http www qnap com Important QNAP disclaims any responsibility for product damage malfunction or data loss Oo recovery due to misuse or improper installation of hard disks in any occasions for any reasons Caution Note that if you install a hard drive new or used which has never been installed on the NAS before the hard drive will be formatted and partitioned automatically and all the disk data will be cleared 16 2 3 Check System Status LED and Alarm Buzzer LED Display amp System Status Overview The hard disk drive on the NAS is being formatted The NAS is being initialised Flashes green and red The system firmware is being updated alternately every 0 5 sec RAID rebuilding is in process Online RAID capacity expansion is in process Online RAID level migration is in process The hard disk drive is invalid The disk volume has reached its full capacity The disk volume is going to be full The system fan is out of function TS 119 does not support smart fan An error occurs when accessing read write the disk data system Red A bad sector is detected on the hard disk Status Green drive The NAS is in degraded read only mode 2 member ha
174. eplication Note that you must turn on Allow SSH connection in Network Services gt Telnet SSH and specify the same port number for SSH and encrypted remote replication e Activate file compression Turn on this option to allow file compression during the data transfer process This option is recommended for low bandwidth environment or remote replication over WAN e Stop network file services while replicating Stop all connections to the NAS via Samba SMB AFP and FTP when remote replication is in process e Perform incremental replication When this option is turned on after the first time replication the NAS will only back up the files that have been changed since the last backup The files of the same name size and modified time will not be copied again You are recommended to turn on this option for the replication job which will be executed for more than once in order to shorten the backup time e Delete extra files on remote destination Select the option to synchronize the source data with the destination data one way synchronization Extra files on the destination will be deleted Source data will remain unchanged e Handle sparse files efficiently A sparse file is a type of computer file that contains large blocks of zero byte data Turn on this option may reduce the time required for remote replication 378 Remote Replication ONAP Replication Options TURBO NAS ETETEEEETTTTETTETITEETETITTITEETETETETTITITEETETT
175. er to the previous power on or power off status Turn on the server automatically O The server should remain off Set power on power off restart schedule Cl Enable schedule Postpone the restartshutdown schedule when a replication job is in progress 449 10 MyCloudNAS Service MyCloudNAS service is a function which provides host name registration mapping of the dynamic NAS IP to a domain name and auto port mapping of UPnP router on your local network Use MyCloudNAS Wizard to register a unique host name for your NAS configure automatic port forwarding on your UPnP router and publish NAS services for remote access over the Internet To use MyCloudNAS service make sure you have connected the NAS to an UPnP router and the Internet Home gt gt MyCloudNAS Service Welcome MyCloudNASs Service MyCloudNAS Wizard Configure MyCloudNAS Auto Router Configuration 450 10 1 MyCloudNAS Wizard The first time you use MyCloudNAS service you are recommended to use MyCloudNAS Wizard to complete the settings The wizard shows up automatically if you have never configured the settings before You can also click Start to use the wizard Ce a enine a eee wizard MyCloudNAS Wizard Configure MyCloudNaAs Configure MyCloudwaAS Service to allow remote access to the NAS Com Follow the steps below to set up MyCloudNAS service To use MyCloudNAS service make sure you have connected the NAS to an UPnP router and the I
176. eration and cancel its power off or auto protection action Once the power restores e If the NAS is in auto protection mode it will resume to normal operation e If the NAS is powered off it will remain off Difference between auto protection mode and power off mode a Auto protection mode The NAS resumes after power If the power outage lasts until the recovery UPS is turned off the NAS may suffer from abnormal shutdown Power off mode The NAS will be shut down The NAS will remain off after the properly power recovery Manual power on of the server is required If the power restores after the NAS has been shut down and before the UPS device is powered off you may power on the NAS by Wake on LAN if your NAS and UPS device both support Wake on LAN and Wake on LAN is enabled on the NAS This feature is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 412U Please visit http www qnap com for details If the power restores after both the NAS and the UPS have been shut down the NAS will react according to the settings in System Administration gt Power Management 448 Home gt gt System Administration gt gt Power Management Welcome admin l Logout Power Management Restart Shutdown Execute system restart shutdown immediately Configure Wake on LAN D Enable Disable When the AC power resumes Resume the serv
177. erver The Database username and Database password the login data to access the database iia in tha DSN feki and leave tha usamama and password heids blank For seairky reasons you should make sure that the database file is not stored in a location MYSQL 3 23 of above MySQU supported PostgreSQL 7 3 a SQLite 2 8 2 Firebird 2 0 a MS SQL Server 2000 or above directly or via ODBC Oracle 522 The installation compatibility page will be shown In most of the cases your current web server should be compatible with the requirements so click Start install to go the next step Fill up the fields with your MySQL information including the host name database name database username and database password then click Proceed to next step to continue la mm a EPLE TETI E S Installation Panel Introduction Requirements Database settings Configuration file Advanced settings Database type MySQL e Database server hostname or DSH 127 0 0 1 DSN stands for Data Source Name and is relevent ony for ODEC installs Database server port Leave ihr pank unless you krmo De server operates on a non standard port Database name Database username Database password Prefix for tables in database 523 You should see Successful connection if your MySQL server is running and the database phpbb3 we created earlier is present Click
178. erver Settings By using this function you can back Up the data on the local server to a remote server ofthe same MAS series and also allow backup from remote server to the local server Enable backup from a remote server to the local host k Allow remote Risync server to back up data to WAS 371 RTRR Server To allow real time or schedule data replication from a remote server to the local NAS select Enable Real time Remote Replication Server You can specify the port number for remote replication The default port number is 8899 To allow only authenticated access to back up data to the local NAS specify the access password The client server will be prompted to enter the password to back up data to the NAS via RTRR Note This feature is available for Intel based NAS models only Please visit http www qnap com for details Backup Server Configuration RSYNC SERVER RTRR SERVER RTRA Server Settings Real time Remote Replication ATER Server allows you to perform one way synchronization from the local WAS to a remote server or other way round Enable Real time Remote Replication Server Port Number 8899 Password Password ETTE Verity Password Network Access Protection Allow all connections Allow connections from the list only a Genre IP address or network domain Access right De lete Note Ifthe listis empty all connections to the server will be allowed 3
179. ervice provider You may also schedule the NAS to update the DDNS record periodically by configuring the Check the External IP Address Automatically option it Home 9 Home gt System Administration gt gt Network Welcome admin Logout English q Fj Overview Ta a System Administration F General Settings tj Network g Hardware ly Security Notification 3 Power Management After enabling DONS Service you can connect to this server by A name Network Recycle Bin IV Enable Dynamic DNS Service Backup Restore Settings Select DONS server L System Logs Ait A Enter the account information yo Firmware Update PR nee ns Login IA Restore to Factory Default gt 0 Disk Management ssssssss Dyndns Login PW O Access Right Management qnap dyndns office com Your Registered Host Name gt O Network Services 7 Check the External IP Address Automatically 10 minutes gt Application Servers Current WAN IP After finishing the settings the NAS will start to update the WAN IP to the DDNS provider for domain name mapping You can now connect to the NAS by the domain name qnap dyndns office com on the Internet 497 Look up for your DNS if you need to verify To check that the domain name of the NAS is correctly mapped to its WAN IP you may visit http www mxtoolbox com DNSLookup aspx Enter your domain name for DNS lookup and it will return your IP address Me TOOLBOX
180. failed disk is allowed minimum 4 disks to create a disk RAID 10 Disk Volume JBOD Linear Disk Volume Combine an even number of disks co Create one linear disk volume volume with data protection RAID 6 Disk Volume Combine 4 or more disks to create a disk volume with data protection 2 failed disks are allowed Current Disk Volume Configuration Physical Disks Disk Model Capacity Status ee rine Drive 1 Hitachi HDT725032VLA360 V540 298 09 GB Ready scan Now GOOD Drive 2 Seagate ST3250620AS 3 44 232 89 GB Ready scan now GOOD Drive 3 Seagate T3250620AS 3 AA 232 89 GB Ready scan Now GOOD Drive 4 No Disk SCAN NOW ae O es Drive 5 3 B No Disk SCAN NOW se Note that if you are going to install a hard drive new or used which has never been installed on the NAS before the hard drive will be formatted and partitioned automatically and all the disk data will be cleared Disk Configuration Applied NAS Models Single disk volume All models RAID 1 JBOD just a bunch of disks 2 bay models or above RAID 5 RAID 6 RAID 5 hot spare 80 Single Disk Volume Each hard drive is used as a standalone disk If a hard drive is damaged all the data will be lost JBOD Just a bunch of disks JBOD is a collection of hard drive that does not offer any RAID protection The data are written to the physical disks sequentially The total storage capacity is equal to the sum
181. from a modified version of its Corresponding Source The information must suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modification has been made If you convey an object code work under this section in or with or specifically for use in a User Product and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a fixed term regardless of how the transaction is characterized the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modified object code on the User Product for example the work has been installed in ROM The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service warranty or updates for a work that has been modified or installed by the 540 recipient or for the User Product in which it has been modified or installed Access to a network may be denied when the modification itself materially and adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network Corresponding Source conveyed and Installation Information provided in accord with this section must be in a fo
182. ft F A SS Pr Spe i al aa e LEW All y Sort Name R WZ Hame Date Type Size 22 2010 0517 Folder 2010 05 05 22 00 07 22 01 049 avi 2010 05 17 video 2 010KB ANAP TS 639 Pro Turbo WAS MP4 2070 05 13 video GAAP TS 639 Pro Turbo WAS 2 MP4 2010054 F video test Awl 20100517 video 129 570K8 test tly 201005717 video 40 477EK8 304 My Jukebox You can create playlists of music files and play them in My Jukebox The album art and its information will be read from the ID3 tag automatically if applicable To create or edit your own playlist for My Jukebox go to Control Panel gt Playlist Editor Note that only the administrators can edit the playlists The playlists in My Jukebox will be shared with all the users of Multimedia Station 305 Control Panel User Management You can create multiple user accounts on Multimedia Station Note that the user accounts created here are different from the system accounts you create on NAS Access Right Management gt Users Click Add User to create a user The maximum number of users Multimedia Station supports is 128 including admin Media Center User Management My Jukebox Username Description Disabled Is Admin Control Panel i Edit User User Management Change Password Playlist Editor Photo Frame Settings Set Folder Public Add User Refresh 306 Enter the user information The user name only supports alphabets A Z and a z num
183. g on the network connection status please wait patiently The system will inform you when system Update is completed UPDATE THE SYSTEM Note If the system is running properly you do not need to update the firmware Before updating the system firmware make sure the product model and firmware version are correct Follow the steps below to update firmware Step 1 Download the release notes of the firmware from the QNAP website http www qnap com Read the release notes carefully to make sure you need to update the firmware Step 2 Download the NAS firmware and unzip the IMG file to your computer Step 3 Before updating the system firmware back up all the disk data on the server to avoid any potential data loss during the system update Step 4 Click Browse to select the correct firmware image for the system update Click Update System to update the firmware The system update may take tens of seconds to several minutes to complete depending on the network connection status Please wait patiently The NAS will inform you when the system update has completed 74 Update Firmware by Finder You can update the system firmware by QNAP Finder Select a NAS model and choose Update Firmware from the Tools menu ONAP Finder Servers Connect Settings hte Help Map Network Drive Restart Server Shut down Server Remote Wake Up Wake On LANI Search Network Camera SL WVRAC SES
184. gets Volumes and Devices RADIUS Configuration Refresh The system wall look for Targets on following portais Addr ess Part Adapter IP address To add a target portal cick Discover Portal TA mpr 4 q t i b cal is E ide Te m r m remove a target portal seect he address am ri Remove then dick Remove ich Discover Target Portal x _ es TI Enter the IP address of DNS name and port number of the portal you a went to add To change the default settings of the discovery of the target portal click the Advanced button IP address or DNS name Port Default is 3260 Toll 192 168 0 10 3260 of 7 136 The available iSCSI targets and their status will then be shown under the Targets tab Select the target you wish to connect then click Connect i i iSCSI Initiator Propertie Targets Discovery Favorite Targets Quick Connect To discover and log on to a target using a basic conmection type the IP address or DNS name of the target and then cick Quick Connect Target ign 2004 04 com NAS HSCSI lun1 6927AD Rb A To connect using advanced options select a target and then To completely disconnect a target select the target and For target properties induding configuration of sessions select the target and dick Properties For configuration of devices associated with a target select the target and then dick Devices 137 You may click
185. gin Ok 2010 12 28 14 54 43 admin 10 8 12 68 SSH Login Ok i 2010 12 28 14 53 00 admin 10 8 12 68 HTTP Administration Login OK 2010 12 28 14 22 23 admin 10 8 12 43 HTTP Administration Login OK 3010 12 28 12 39 24 admin 10 85 12 43 HTTF Administration Login OK 2010 12 28 10 56 12 admin 10 85 12 43 HTTP Administration Login OK i 2010 12 27 06 50 29 admin 10 858 12 43 HTTF Administration Login OK Go 2010 12 27 O33 7 26 admin 10 6 12 51 HTTP Administration Login OK ho 2010 12 27 10 24 19 admin 10 585 12 43 HTTP Administration Login OK There are 994 events Displays 10 records per page ToS oe Pee 71 Archive logs Turn on this option to archive the connection logs The NAS generates a CSV file automatically and saves it to a specified folder when the number of logs reaches the upper limit Connection Type Select the connection tae to be logged t HTTP W FTP Telnet W SSH AFP SAMBA Lise si When the number of logs reaches 10 000 archive the connection logs and save the file in the folder CANCEL You can also view the file level access logs on this page The NAS will record the logs when users access create delete move or rename any files or folders via the connection type specified in Options To disable this feature click Stop logging Beare y m Options Stop logging sise rora 0 Cex 0 See 2011 01 19 08 55 28 admin 10 8 12 105 re
186. gt Users Welcome admin Logout Engli Users i Domain Users Ed ty ra Import Export Users amp Create a New User amp Create Multiple Users B Comain Users ADTEST krbtgt PAAA ADTEST administrator FF Ala ADTEST Guest PARAE ADTEST kent ADTEST frances DERE ADTEST jaussadm ADTEST tt ADTEST exc PAHE ADTEST mathieu PAHE ADTEST uu 22 Fe B S Total 27 Display 10 entries per page Tr a Farr 216 Windows 2003 You may check the AD server name and AD domain name in System Properties System Properties a In Windows 2003 servers the AD server name is nodel NOT nodel qnap test com b The domain name remains the same 217 Windows Server 2008 You may check the AD server name and domain name in Control Panel gt System AD eve Manage Windows edition W Remote setings Hinks Saven Datacenter if Adbranced ayem settings Copyiyt 2007 Microsoft Corporation All mghts reserved Service Prk Prigataeiaie takkaa T Quad CFL Cee 4H 2 49 Ge Famo FAM 1 00 Ga Sten types Gibi Operating Syatem b r reas Gorman sted wacrkagnoug Settings qe chang setting Wires activ ations VA Sidis to activate Activate Windows now This is your AD server name This is your domain name Note After joining the NAS to the Active Directory the local NAS users who have access right to the AD server should use NASname
187. gt gt Network Service Discovery Welcome admin Logout English Network Service Discovery i UPNP DISCOVERY SERVICE BONJOUR After enabling this service your NAS can be discovered by any operating systems that support UPnP UPnP Discovery Service Enable UPnP Service 262 Bonjour By broadcasting the network service s with Bonjour your Mac will automatically discover the network services such as FTP running on the NAS without the need to enter the IP addresses or configure the DNS servers Note You have to activate the services on their setup pages and then turn them on in this section so that the NAS will advertise this service with Bonjour UPNP DISCOVERY SERVICE BONJOUR Bonjour Before broadcasting the following services through Bonjour please DO MOT forgetto enable these services first Web Administration Service Name NASSCBC6C SAMBA Server Message Block over TOPIP Serice Name NASBCBCOC SAMBA AFP Apple File Protocol over TOPPI Service Name NASBCBCOC AFP C ssH Service Name NASBCBCBC SSH FTF File Transfer Protocols Service Name NASBCBCBC FTP umes Secure web server service Name HRSSCCECUTE ES C UPNP DLNA media server Service Name NASSCBCBC UPNP LJ CitWobile for iPhonefiPod Touch Service Name NASBCEC6C QMabile 263 7 Application Servers Web File Managerk6s Multimedia Station P8A Download Station B3A Surveillance StationB55 iTunes Service B6
188. h Create An ISO Share Folder sis ONAP Setup complete TURBO NAS The new share folder has been created successfully Click FINISH to exit step r off 199 7 After mounting the image file you can specify the access rights of the users over different network protocols such as SMB AFP NFS and WebDAV by clicking the icons in the Action column 150 Shares Cerreerrrererre rer errr errr ere re reer ere reer er errr a Mount an IQ File NAS 4 29 MB No gomon a Display 10 4 Tae a The NAS supports mounting ISO image files by Web File Manager see herel264 for more information 200 Folder Aggregation You can aggregate the share folders on Microsoft network as a portal folder on the NAS and let the NAS users access the share folders through your NAS Up to 10 share folders can be linked to a portal folder Note This function is supported only in Microsoft networking service To use this function follow the steps below 1 Enable folder aggregation Share Folders 6 Folder Aggregation Enable Folder Aggregation Enable this function will allow you to aggregate all shared folders in local network into a portal folder in your MAS Folder Aggregation is for Microsoft Networks Samba Service ONLY Folder Aggregation List Create A Portal Folder 4 Import Export Folder Tree 2 Click Crea
189. hare folder If directory of the internal hard drives of the the same file exists the destination file will be NAS overwritten Synchronize Back up data to the destination share folder and clear the redundant files If the same file exists the destination file will be overwritten Disable the one touch copy button Select this option to disable the copy button Note If there are multiple partitions on the source storage device a new folder will be created for each partition on the destination as the backup folder The backup folder will be named with the backup date and the partition number YYYYMMDD 1 for partition 1 YYYYMMDD 2 for partition 2 and so on If the source storage device contains only one partition the backup folder will be named as YYYYMMDD only 410 USB One Touch Copy USB One Touch Copy Configure the function ofthe USA one touch copy button the destination will be deleted files of the same names will be overwritten by the source Source data will remain unchanged Disable one touch copy button Note The USB LED blinks when data backup to an external device is in process The USB one touch copy button will be disabled temporarily Ifyou press the button during the data transfer process the server will beep thrice to alert you the button is disabled Please waitfor the backup to finish and the USB LED to stop flashing and then use the USB one touch copy button again 411 Data copy by fron
190. he IP Syslog Syslog is a standard for forwarding the log messages on an IP network You can turn on this option to save the event logs and connection logs to a remote syslog server System Logs SYSTEM EVENT LOGS SYSTEM CONNECTION LOGS ON LINE USERS SYSLOG Syslog Settings gt Enable syslog You can enable this option to save the event logs and connection logs to a remote syslog server Syslog Server IP UDF Port l4 Selectthe logs to record System Event Logs U System Connection Logs Crou must enable system connection logs to use this option 73 3 10 Firmware Update Update Firmware by Web Administration Page Firmware Update FIRMWARE UPDATE LIVE UPDATE Firmware Update Current firmware version 3 4 0 Build 11777 Before Updating system firmware please make sure the product model and firmware version are correct Follow the steps below to Update firmware 1 Download the release notes ofthe same version as the firmware from ANAF website titp Wwweqnap com Read the release notes carefully to make sure you need to Update the firmware 2 Before Updating system firmware back up all disk data on the serverto avoid any potential data loss during system Update 3 Click the Browse button to select the correct firmware image for system update Click the UPDATE SYSTEM button to Update the firmware Note System Update may take tens of seconds to several minutes to complete dependin
191. he environment are in optimized level 4 Unplug the power cord and all the connected cables before cleaning Wipe the NAS with a dry towel Do not use chemical or aerosol to clean the NAS 5 Do not place any objects on the NAS for the server s normal operation and to avoid overheat 6 Use the flat head screws in the product package to lock the hard disk drives in the NAS when installing the hard drives for proper operation 7 Do not place the NAS near any liquid 8 Do not place the NAS on any uneven surface to avoid falling off and damage 9 Make sure the voltage is correct in your location when using the NAS If you are not sure please contact the distributor or the local power supply company 10 Do not place any object on the power cord 11 Do not attempt to repair your NAS in any occasions Improper disassembly of the product may expose you to electric shock or other risks For any enquiries please contact the distributor 12 The chassis also Known as rack mount NAS models should only be installed in the server room and maintained by the authorized server manager or IT administrator The server room is locked by key or keycard access and only certified staff is allowed to enter the server room Warning e Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer s instructions e Do
192. he instructions to install QGet QGet 0 7 6 0 Build 1213 Setup Welcome to the QGet Setup Wizard This wizard will guide you through the installation of Gaet It is recommended that you close all other applications before starting Setup This will make it possible to update relevant systern Files without haying bo reboot your computer Click Mext ko continue 3 Run QGet from the installed location 353 4 You can use QGet to manage the download tasks on multiple NAS servers as if you were using the web based Download Station For the introduction and button description of QGet see the online help in Help gt Contents CRO 000 VO Rn No Name Status Size Download Speed Upload Speed All 6 Downloading 2 1 Linux Action Show Season 013 Waiting 2 63 GB 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis vc ee a 0 gt 2 nr20101103 waiting 2 66 GB 0 0 Bis 0 0 Bis Active 0 Inactive 6 BY Rss GO HTTP FTP RapidShare lt D General wa Files Transfer Time Elapsed Start Time Downloaded Uploaded Share Ratio Download Speed Upload Speed Seeds Peers General Note Download Station v2 is only compatible with QGet 2 0 or later 354 7 4 Surveillance Station You monitor and record the live video of maximum 2 4 IP cameras available on the network LAN or WAN with Surveillance Station If your NAS models are not listed please visit http www qnap com for details Maximum number of IP NAS models cameras
193. he wizard will help Pou cee eae To just create a shortcut click Choose another network location MSN Communities Share your files vith others or store them for your personal use 239 4 Enter the URL of your NAS with the share folder name Note that you should put a key at the end of the URL Click Next Format http NAS_IP_or_HOST_NAME SHARE_FOLDER_NAME Add Network Place Wizard What is the address of this network place Type the address of the Web site FTP site or network locaton that this shortcut wall open 5 Enter the user name and password which has the WebDAV access right to connect to the share folder 240 6 Type a name for this network place Add wehwork Hace Wirara What do you want to name this place ee es See Le El R a L dae n Create a name for this shortcut that vall help you ea H ary J AS 44 th E E aid Fo me ALA ii http 192 168 7 39 Mywrebb Ay ft ip ae eat TT ns ee ey ae Type a name for this nebveok place mi Es a MyWebDA on 192 168 1 39 241 7 The network place has been created and is ready to be used Add Network Place Wizard Completing the Add Network Place Wizard You have successfully created this nebvwork place A shortout for this place will appear in My Network Places Open thie network place when click Finish To close this vazard click Finish 242 8 Now you can connect to this share folder any
194. he work has interactive user interfaces each must display Appropriate Legal Notices however if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices your work need not make them do so A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium is called an aggregate if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation s users beyond what the individual works permit Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate 6 Conveying Non Source Forms You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5 provided that you also convey the machine readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License in one of these ways a Convey the object code in or embodied in a physical product including a physical distribution medium accompanied by the Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange b Convey the object code in or embodied in a physical product including a physical distribution medium accompanied by a written offer valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you 539 offer
195. hoto frames Note that the system default photo frames cannot be deleted Phote Frame Settings You can upload your ayn photo frames The suggested frame resolution i 400 ywidth x 300 height pixe WOU Can Use an image with 4 5 aspect ratio in PMs format Photo Frame List Preview blogue clasico marco blanco mosaico pelicula velloso Hame Upload Cancel 311 Set Folder Public To publish the image files to the Web you have to make the folder public Select the folder to allow public access and click gt Then click Save Note that the public folders will be seen and accessed by anyone without logging in Multimedia Station Set Folder Public The folder must be made public before t can be published Mote that if the tolder has become public others can see it without logging in Inaccessible Folder Accessible Folder MUSIC photos viden Save Cancel 312 7 2 1 QMobile QMobile is an application for you to use your handheld devices such as iPhone iPod Touch iPad and Android phones to stream music digital pictures and videos from your QNAP NAS servers and play the files directly on your devices from anywhere As long as you have Internet access you may access all the contents on the NAS remotely Note QMobile is applicable to QNAP Turbo NAS running firmware version 3 3 0 or later Make sure you have enabled Multimedia Station and Web Server and configured the shared contents t
196. hows You can press the Select button to browse more options for example RAID 6 Press the Enter button and the following message shows Press the Select button to select Yes to confirm tee When you execute RAID 1 RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration the system will initialize the hard drives create the RAID device format the RAID device and mount it as a volume on the NAS The progress will be shown on the LCD panel When it reaches 100 you can connect to the RAID volume for example create share folders and upload files to the folders on the NAS In the meantime to make Sure the stripes and blocks in all the RAID component devices are ready the NAS will execute RAID synchronization and the progress will be shown on Disk Management gt Volume Management page The synchronization rate is around 30 60 MB s varies depending on the hard drive models system resource usage etc Note If a member drive of the RAID configuration was lost during the synchronization the RAID device will enter degraded mode The volume data is still accessible If you add a member drive to the device it will start to rebuild You can check the status on the Volume Management page 469 To encrypt the disk volume select Yes when the LCD panel shows lt Encrypt Volume gt The default encryption password is admin To change the password login the web based administration interface
197. hp ini Note To use PHP mail go to System Administration gt Notification gt Configure SMTP Server and configure the SMTP server settings e Secure Connection SSL Enter the port number for SSL connection 3 Upload the HTML files to the share folder Qweb Web on the NAS The file index html index htm or index php will be the home path of your web page 4 You can access the web page you upload by entering http NAS IP in the web browser Note that when Web Server is enabled you have to enter http NAS IP 8080 in your web browser to access the login page of the NAS 236 WebDAV WebDAV Web based Distributed Authoring and Versioning is a set of extensions to the HTTP S protocol that allows the users to edit and manage the files collaboratively on the remote World Wide Web servers After turning on this function you can map the share folders of your NAS as the network drives of a remote PC over the Internet To edit the access right settings go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders page To map a share folder on the NAS as a network drive of your PC turn on WebDAV and follow the steps below Go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders gt Share Folder Click the WebDAV Access Control button in the Action column and set the WebDAV access right of the users to the share folders Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Share Folders W
198. hy Primary Partition iSCSI Target F ie 10 00 GB NTFS 227 POLLAN Healthy Primary Partition 7A E Unallocated Primary partition I Extended partition I Free space J Logical drive 140 Connect to the iSCSI targets by Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator on Mac OS This section shows you how to use Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator on Mac OS to add the iSCSI target QNAP NAS as an extra partition Before you start to use the iSCSI target service make sure you have created an iSCSI target with a LUN on the NAS and installed the correct iSCSI initiator for your OS About Xtend SAN iSCSI initiator ATTO s Xtend SAN iSCSI Initiator for Mac OS X allows Mac users to utilize and benefit from iSCSI It is compatible with Mac OS X 10 4 x to 10 6 x For more information please visit http www attotech com products product php sku INIT MACO 001 After installing Xtend SAN iSCSI initiator you can find it in Applications P Ci Xtend SAN e T Macintosh HD 2 E iDisk gt Xtend_SAN tallLog log La VMware Fusion T SHARED E 172 17 21 5 a E 172 17 22 93 E AFP o 7 E SAMBA i Paragon NTFS for Mac OSX Mame Xtend SAN a E Photo Booth Kind Application E Preview Size 1 9 MB on disk E DOODSAMBA 2 QuickTime Player Created 5 31 10 12 24 PM Be 25932 70K AFP Safari Modified 5 31 10 12 24 PM A Al E Sereenflow Last opened Today 3 10 PM amp Skype Version 3 25 PLACES E Desktop pai Stickies More i
199. i a e a a a 417 9232 WINGOWS XP USELS civ iora EEEE ALES UENO NE ES A 424 J2 Mae OS 100 mase rn AAO AO A ALAO EAO 426 FZ MICOS O Dra r a a a aa e 429 92 MICOS LOA aI demand TA TE EA TE TE AEAT EA 435 JZ OLNU ODUNEU TOTO reiii reina EAE A TE AA TA 440 ZI UPS SCLUINGS a E a a a a a a a a 445 10 MyClo dNAS S rviC esrrenr nainn aa aa 450 TOMY GCIOUGINAS VWIZ AGL cacia ae cae Bhs at ieee tn aerate a bamneina mos aa heewenacurds 451 10 2 Connigure MY CIOUGINAS tarsainn an a a ears 457 10 3 Auto ROUTER COMLGUIATION wes se nidenateireescanath cadet ce seet aces cate aed oneeeen eee 459 11 Syst m Status ncccsccccceecccceeeece eee cee eee 462 LAL System INTOMMALON ossee n aa hens O E EAEAN 462 12 SyStemn o EVC E eiia e nea a A a enes 463 i123 RESOUrCE MONILOM iccccwuneersmeearenateeuenia men B ENN E E OAE EN 464 12 Use the LCD Paneliwincesexciectasesavetecraciscsennsenenddsaceduaein a 468 13 NetBak Replicat i romics nnani a aa a aaa 475 14 Connect to QNAP NAS from the Internet DDNS Service s s 55 5 491 15 Set SMS and Email Aleit rsr a o a aaa 500 16 Set up UPnP Media Server for Media Playing usununununnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn 509 17 Host a Forum with phpBB on QNAP NAS s s sss52s255su2u2u2s2su2uuuusununnnunnnnn 518 18 NAS Maintenance SettingS s ss s 2 sss222202u2uuuuuuuuuuuunnnnnnn 530 18 1 Restart Snut GOWN SENE r mersis ea a a bach aer ee helen cen a iee
200. ile ETE PRM RN NRENESONORR RR ER EEE 2 Select an ISO image file on the NAS Click Next Create An ISO Share Folder ONAP Choose An ISO Image File TURBO NAS This wizard guides you through the following settings 50 Share Folder Settings e Privilege Hote Only 80 image files will be listed Step 1 ote CANCEL 197 3 The image file will be mounted as a share folder of the NAS Enter the folder name Create An ISO Share Folder ONAP ISO Share Folder Settings TURBO NAS Folder Name NAS 0 Hide Folder Yes Nao ew Description Sten 2 of 7 CANCEL 4 Specify the access rights of the NAS users or user groups to the share folder You can also select Deny Access or Read only for the guest access right Click Next Create An ISO Share Folder ONAP Privilege TURBO NAS You can select one of the following methods to configure the user access rightto the network share folder Grant read only access rightfor administrators only By Wiser By User Group Guest Access Right Deny Access Read only Step sot CANCEL 198 5 Confirm the settings and click Next Create An ISO Share Folder ONAP Confirm Settings TURBO NAS Folder Hame MAS Hide Folder Mo Path INAS Description Grant read only access right tor Access right administrators only Access UserUser Group Step 6 of 7 BACK NEXT CANCEL 6 Click Finis
201. ill need to verify your mobile number by entering an activation code sent by Clickatell after you enter your mobile phone number and click SEND ACTIVATION CODE ee BE TETEE EEEE EEEE R REE EEE M RERER RRR RRR RE RER RE RE R ER RRR REE RRE RB RERB RSE RRR RER ERE SE E eae wei Verify your Mobile Number i For security reasons you are required to verify your mobie number in order to make your first credit purchase and send Your activation code will be sent to 886987654321 if this is not your number please retype your mobile number in the box above and dick the Send Activation Code bution Enter your activation code here 503 While still logged in with Clickatell go to Manage my Products and select HTTP from My Connections dropdown menu Manage my Products Converters Two Way Messaging Application Forms Two Way Messaging SA Shorteede MO Namikea Shortcode USA Shortcode USA Shortcode MFS UE Shortcode Canada Shortcode Clickatell IOM Test Message in Message Box Piease Note that Cickatel pre populates all tes credits with a standard test message Once you have purchased Chciostel credits the test message wil be removed and you wil be able to send personalized kexi messages My Connections A Quick overview of each connection type Also take a look at a comparison of Ciigiell i ppular commecton HTTP ia one of the simpler form of communicaing to the Cickabel APL E is HTT PY
202. ill not be working anymore You have to download the new encryption key if necessary see below e Save Encryption Key Save the encryption key on the NAS for automatic unlocking and mounting the encrypted disk volume when the NAS restarts e Download Encryption Key File Input the encryption password to download the encryption key file Downloading the encryption key file will allow you to save the encryption key in a file The file is also encrypted and can be used to unlock a volume without knowing the real password see unlock a disk volume manually below Please save the encryption key file in a secure place 115 Unlock a disk volume manually To unlock a volume login the NAS as an administrator Go to Disk Management gt Encrypted File System You will be able to see your encrypted volumes and their status locked or unlocked Encryption Key Management z Volume Total Size Status Single Disk Drive 2 Single Disk Drive 5 To unlock your volume you can either input the encryption password or use the encryption key file that has been exported previously Encryption Key Management tz Volume Total Size Status Action Single Disk Drive 2 455 9 GB Unlocked Single Disk Drive 5 Volume Total Size Status Single Disk Drive 2 455 98 GB Unlocked Single Disk Drive 5 456 98 GB Unlocked a gt a ioe 116 4 5 iSCSI The NAS
203. inb SAMBA PublictestNew Wicrosot ord Docume Delete 2011 01 19 08 55 26 admin 10 8 12 105 reinb SAMBA PublictestMew tlicrosott Word Docume Read 2011 01 19 08 55 71 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA PublicttestMew tlicrosoft Yord Docume Read 2011 01 49 08 55 20 admin 10 8 12 105 reinb SAMBA PublicitestMew tlicrosoft Word Docume Read 2011 01 49 08 5519 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA PublicttestMew tlicrosoft ord Docume Read 2011 01 19 08 5519 guest 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA Login OK 2011 01 19 08 5518 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA PublictestNew Microsoft Word Docume Write 2011 01 19 08 55 11 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA Publicfrename gt Publicitest Rename 2011 01 49 08 55 02 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA PubliciNew Folder gt Publicfrename Rename 2011 01 49 08 54 55 admin 10 858 12 105 reinb SAMBA PubliciNew Folder WakeDir There are 10000 events Displays 10 records per page Tors ee Pee ee 72 On line Users The information of the on line users connecting to the NAS by networking services is shown on this page Tip You can right click a log and select to disconnect the IP connection and block the IP System Logs oYSTEM EVENT LOGS SYSTEM CONNECTION LOGS ON LINE USERS ofSLOG a 2010 12 28 15 34 55 admin 10 858 12 43 Administration E 2010 12 28 14 54 45 admin 10 85 12 68 There are 2 events Add to the block list Disconnect this connection and block t
204. ing ofthe music files Select the correct encoding to display the label information correctly Please select English for non Asian languages Label encoding English vi Password required To allow the users to connect to the data only by entering the correct password select this option and enter the password 363 Smart Playlist Click Smart Playlist to enter the smart playlist page You can define the playlist rules to categorize the songs into different playlists If there is no song that matches the rules on the playlist the iTunes client will not show the playlist For detailed operation refer to the online help iTunes Server One eee eee eee enna ee aneenaeeenoeeanee mnnn peaeraeeeeseeeneueeaaecnaceenseesaeerneceeneneaneeesaeeeneresceneaeereeeees yy yaueuncuweumsueuusnmersensuscuuennersausuusseusereqscuscnmen f SS08 0 feeeenng eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee ee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee ee ee Bauunna CANCEL APPLY Locate the service in iTunes Connect your PC and Turbo NAS to the same LAN and start iTunes on your PC You should see an entry your NAS name generally shown under SHARED on the left panel of iTunes interface Click the NAS name and it will bring up a list of all the music files stored under Qmultimedia or Multimedia share folder and they are ready for pla
205. inpows Start File Filter Schedule Monitor Save s Defaults 477 3 When the following window appears all the NAS on the LAN will appear on the left list Selecta server and a share folder on the right NetBak Replicator also supports backup over WAN enter the IP address of the NAS for data backup directly and select a share folder Then click OK Select MAS Servers f NAS Server in the Network ey ars tale ae 110 6 10 100 10 98 1018 media 10 858 10 230 Network Recycle Bin 4 110 585 10 8 Public 10 8 10 50 O download multimedia recordings Lush Lieb C Specify NAS IP Address 4 Enter the user name and password to login the server Connect Please enter the user name and password to connect to the NAS FEVE WAS Server 10 8 10 18 Share Folder backup User Name admin Faszssword E Notice Pleage make sure that the same username has been created on the NAS server with proper access rights and identical password 5 You can start the backup procedure upon successful connection to the NAS 478 Description of the buttons on NetBak Replicator Open Configuration Open a previously saved configuration file of NetBak Replicator Save Configuration Save the current settings on NetBak Replicator The file will be named as rpr Select All Select all the options Clear All Unselect all the options Select My Document Select all the folders in My Document Open NAS Back
206. internet Post Add connection Set up the HTTP API by entering the minimum required information the Name Dial Prefix and Callback Type as the image shown below Click Submit once done This product provides an interface between your applications and the Messaging Gateway tis a lower level connectivity option but offers the most functionality and flexibitty for the Developer and Systems integrator Vth the API you can set up alert based SMS delivery from your server defver information to your mobile sales staff and keep in contact with your customers This product i intended for machne generated to User messaging Name F Lock Down Dial Pre fox Calback Type Calback Urt Calback Username Callback Password HOTE submission of this form wil delete any session_id currently vald for this api_id Any appbcation using this session_id wil have to re authenticate 504 You should now obtain an API ID that is required before using the SMS service Write this down somewhere as we will need it for the setup in the NAS administration in the next step Name Type PLID T 9 Pr HTTP Dialing Code 886 Taiwan 1to 1 0f 7 Up to this point you have completed the account registration and mobile number verifications with Clickatell and have successfully obtained an API ID You may now proceed to the next step 505 Set the SMSC settings and SMS alert on the NAS Go
207. ion ofthe wizard you can later modif permissions management step 3 ofS C ANCEL 164 Specify the folder settings Multiple Users Creation Wizard ONAP Private Network Share Settings TURBO NAS Hide network drive OYES NO Lock file oplocks Sons Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 1 2 3 ha Step 4 of 5 BACK NEXT CANCEL You can view the new users you have created in the last step Click Finish to exit the wizard Multiple Users Creation Wizard ONAP Account Created Successfully TURBO NAS Congratulations You have created the following accounts New Users testi testl testls test04 test05 test0b testi tests test04Y testi o a 100 Step 5 of 4 on FINISH 165 Check that the users have been created Home gt gt Access Right N Management gt gt Users Welcome admin ae Logout English ears i locallses M O Tq Create a New User Create Multiple Users Import Export Users admin DERE E messagebus uoga alex x Hone a uoga a GIGI icecast uoga O teston C testoog2 aa GIB O testons 2 GIiBIBIE C test 004 a HEGE O testons 5 SAS O ftestooos D Hgg C testoga aa meea C testoo0s z meaa O ftestooos 2 Hong O ftestooio wale 166 Check that the network shares have been created for the users Home gt Access Right Management gt gt Share Folders Welcome admin Logout English Share Folders 2
208. ired time and total drive capacity after migration are shown in the description field Curent Disk Votume C Onfiguration Physical Disks Hitachi HOS 72 1010KLA330 GRAD 931 51 Hitachi HOS 721010KL4330 GRAD 931 5168 Hitachi HDS721010KLA330 GKAQ 931 51 GB Hitachi HOS 21010KL4330 GRAD 931 5168 Drive 5 Hitachi HDS721010KLA330 GKAQ 931 51 GB CR Current Disk Volume Configuration Logica al Volumes oS a Se See Se j a H M Ta hal rer mile aT ike ef 95 The NAS will enter Read only mode when migration is in process during 11 49 to assure the data of the RAID configuration will be consistent after RAID migration completes After migration completes the new drive configuration is shown RAID 5 now and the status is Ready You can start to use the new drive configuration RAID Management his function enables capacity expansion RAID configuration migration of spare drive configuration with the original drive dala reserved pte Make sure you have read ihe instructions carefully and you fully understand the comed operation procedure before using ths undian Current Disk Volume Configuration eter ae ona aas m io Single Disk Drive 1 915 42 GB EXPAND CAPACITY ADD HARD DRIVE MIGRATE CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE or detailed instructions please click here The process may take from hours to tens of hours to finish depending on the hard drive si
209. is option to allow admin to create first level subfolders and files in the selected folder only For example in the folder Dept only admin can create files and subfolders Admin HR Production and so on Other users with read write access to Dept can only create files and folders in the second and lower level subfolders such as Admin0O1 AdminO2 HR1 and HR2 S be fete E i Admin C Adminot O Adminoz I HR C HR1 O HR2 Production Sales test Apply changes to files and subfolders Apply permissions settings except owner protection and root folder write protection settings to all the files and subfolders within the selected folder These settings include new users deleted users modified permissions and folder owner The options Only the owner can delete the contents and Only admin can create files and folders will not be applied to subfolders Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Select this option to override all previously configured permissions of the selected folder and its files and subfolders except owner protection and root folder write protection settings The options Only the owner can delete the contents and Only admin can create files and folders will not be applied to subfolders 193 e Special Permission This option is only available for root folders Select this option and choose between Read only or Read Write
210. iscstallen gagoot david ign 2004 04 com qnapts s09is estrreadoot target ign 2004 04 com gqnapts s09iscsitargeti Sanit APPLY CANCEL 4 The LUN is mapped to the target iSCSI Target List 04 iqn 2004 04 com ts 239 iscsitarget01 8cbc6c L iao 002 1 00 68 Enabled After creating the iSCSI targets and LUN on the NAS you can use the iSCSI initiator installed on your computer Windows PC Mac or Linux to connect to the iSCSI targets and LUN and use the disk volumes as the virtual drives on your computer 135 Connect to the iSCSI targets by Microsoft iSCSI initiator on Windows Before you start to use the iSCSI target service make sure you have created an iSCSI target with a LUN on the NAS and installed the correct iSCSI initiator for your OS iSCSI initiator on Windows Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator v2 07 is an official application for Windows OS 2003 XP and 2000 to allow users to implement an external iSCSI storage array over the network If you are using Windows Vista or Windows Server 2008 Microsoft iSCSI Software Initiator is included For more information and the download location visit http www microsoft com downloads details aspx familyid 12cb3c1a 15d6 4585 b385 befd1319f825 amp displaylang en Start iSCSI initiator from Control Panel gt Administrative Tools Under the Discovery tab click Add Portal Enter the NAS IP and the port number for the iSCSI service ar
211. istrator Go to System Administration gt Power Management 2 Click Restart to reboot the server or Shut Down to turn off the server You can also press the power button for 1 5 seconds to turn off the NAS To force shut down the NAS press the power button for more than 5 seconds The server beeps once and shuts down immediately To turn off TS 109I1 II TS 109 Pro I II TS 209 I II TS 209 Pro I II TS 409 TS 409 Pro TS 409U press the power button for 4 seconds gt Power Management Welcome admin Logout Power Management Restart Shutdown Execute system restart shutdown immediately Configure Wake on LAN Enable Disable When the AC power resumes Resume the server to the previous power on or power off status Turn on the server automatically O The server should remain off Set power on power off restart schedule d Enable schedule Postpone the restarishutdown schedule when a replication job is in progress 531 You can use the Finder to restart or shut down the server You must have an administrator account to perform this action OMAP Finder Servers Connect Settings Meme Map Network Brive Remote Wake Up Wake On LAMY Search Network Camera Update Firmware MAC Address MetBak Replicator 00 08 90 67 AD F9 00 08 98 8C 3E 6F MASACEEBD Gaet O0 08 98 AC SE 60 MASHF1015 VioGake Player 00 08 98 60 84 FB oL a
212. it a virtual disk name or the authentication information of an iSCSI target To connect to an iSCSI target Connect To disconnect an iSCSI target il Disconnect To format a virtual disk as EXT3 EXT 4 FAT 32 NTFS or HFS file system Format To delete a virtual disk or an iSCSI target Delete 158 5 Access Right Management The files on the NAS can be shared among multiple users For easier management and better control of users access right you have to organize the users user groups and their access right control Users 159 User Groups 173 Share Folders 17 Quota koa 5 1 Users The NAS has created the following users by default e admin By default the administrator admin has access right to the system administration and cannot be deleted e guest This is a built in user and will not be displayed on the User Management page A guest does not belong to any user group The login password is guest e anonymous This is a built in user and will not be shown on the User Management page When you connect to the server by FTP you can use this name to login The number of users you can create on the NAS varies according to the NAS models If your NAS models are not listed please visit http www qnap com for details Maximum number of NAS models users 1 024 TS 110 TS 210 2 048 TS 112 TS 119 TS LI9PF TS 212 TS 219PF TS 410 TS 239 Pro F 1TS 259 Prot 4 096 TS 412
213. itiator The target authenticates the initiator using the first set of user name and password The initiator authenticates the target using the Mutual CHAP settings Field User name limitation Password limitation Use CHAP e The only valid characters are 0 9 e The only valid characters are 0 9 a z A Z a z A Z e Maximum length 256 characters Maximum length 12 16 authentication characters Mutual CHAP e The only valid characters are 0 9 e The only valid characters are 0 9 a z A Z colon dot and a z A Z colon dot and dash dash e Maximum length 12 16 Maximum length 12 16 characters characters Type f None cf CHAP User Name Password Re enter Password Mutual CHAP Initiator Name Password CRC Checksum optional Data Digest Header Digest 119 Upon successful creation the iSCSI target will be shown on the iSCSI Target List iSCSI Configuration x ar ISCSI TARGET LIST ign 2004 04 com qnap ts 219 iscsi mytarget cddoo 10 00 GB Select the option Enable iSCSI Target Service under the tab iSCSI TARGET and click Apply The iSCSI target will become ready Vice SCSI Portal Enable iSCsl Target Service Enable iSNs ENS Server IP 120 ISCSI Quick Configuration Wizard The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 3 0 or later and Intel based NAS models running firmw
214. k dev sdb 148 Format the partition mkfs ext3 dev sdb1 Mount the file system mkdir mnt iscsi mount dev sdbi mnt iscsi You can test the I O speed using the following command hdparm tT dev sdb1 Below are some iscsiadm related commands Discover the targets on the host iscsiadm m discovery type sendtargets portal HOST_IP Login a target iscsiadm m node targetname THE_TARGET_IQN login Logout a target iscsiadm m node targetname THE_TARGET_IQN logout Delete a Target iscsiadm m node op delete targetname THE_TARGET_IQN 149 ADVANCED ACL The description below applies to non Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 3 0 or later and Intel based NAS models running firmware version 3 2 0 or later only You can create LUN masking policy to configure the permission of the iSCSI initiators which attempt to access the LUN mapped to the iSCSI targets on the NAS To use this feature click Add a Policy under ADVANCED ACL iSCSI D LUN Masking 4 connected iSCSI initiator is authenticated by Target ACL and LUN Masking in order to access the iSCSI LUNs mapped to the iSCSI targets on the NAS For detailed instructions please click here LUN Masking Policy List Add a Policy 150 Enter the policy name the initiator IQN and assign the access right for each LUN created on the NAS e Read only The connected initiator can only read the data fro
215. katell Centra communicator Step 2 of 4 Account Setup Select a country specific or international account type based on your requirements for SMS traffic delivery destinations Intemational Coverage Account 1 Local Coverage Account uy a ee INTERNATIONAL Create Username gnap imik E A a Creale Password 200008 Enter Security Code 468UIH Step 3 of 4 Personal Information First Name SMS t Country Taivan Last Name Tester Mobile Number BBG 9876543421 Emal Address mail qnap com e g sample domain com Parsonal Use Only M t Company Personal Use Emails sent to me must be in Text format or HTML format Lia I would ike to receive Cickatel News Balance Notifications Promotions E accept Cickatefs Terms and Conditions CONTINUE Security amp Privacy a 502 Upon successful registration you should receive an email containing the account activation link You may now check your inbox to complete your account activation By following the activation link you will be brought to the login screen as the image show below Enter the password and click Login My Account Login Customer Login Existing Clickatell account holders can select their product and login below Note username amp password are CASE sensitive Select Product Clickatell Central API Username gnap ClientiD CAH605 S Password eeeeee8 Lost password Next you w
216. l Stop the restoring Ask first Ignore this error message OF Cancel 489 Log a Save As To save all the logs on NetBak Replicator click this button All the logs will be saved as a text file b Clear All Click this button to clear all the logs c Option Select the type of logs to be recorded Record all logs or Record error logs only NetBak Replicator E x 4 NetBak Replicator 7 MAS Server 10 8 10 18 Share Folder backup A Restore 2008 1 272k ae U6 22h rator4oplication Data 2008 12 24 Record all logs 008 22 2005122 Spe 22k C Record error logs only rator4pplication Data 2005 1 22 ratorApplication D ata 00ST 22k rator4pplication D ata 2008 12 21 Lancel ratorApplication D ata 00ST 2z ratorApplication Data 00ST 22k r torApplication D ata 2005 12 26 10 18 06 The file C Documents and Settings AdministratorApplication Data 008712726 10 18 06 The fle C Documents and Settings 4dministrator 4pplication Data 2009 12 26 10 18 06 The fle C Documents and Settings 4dministrator 4pplication Data A008 12 26 10 18 06 The fle C Documents and Settings 4Administrator4pplication Data 2008 12726 10 18 06 The fle C Documents and Settings 4dministrator 4pplication Data 2008 1 2 26 10 18 06 p fle C Documents and SettingstAdministratorAnnolication Data lt iili Save AS Clear All Options 490 14 Connect to QNAP NAS fr
217. l Send photos max 5 photos to friends by e mails Note that you have to set up the SMTP server in the NAS administration console before using this feature Thumbnails You can browse the files in thumbnail view This is the default view in Multimedia Station Details You can browse the files in detailed view It supports the following functions Open Rename Delete Download and Full Image View 286 Sort You can choose to sort files alphabetically in ascending or descending order Search You can search files by this function Note that it only supports search within the current directory Options that can be operated by administrators only 287 Play music The NAS supports playing music files on the web browser Simply click a file MP3 on the web page the NAS will start playing it If you click a music file in a folder all other supported music files in the folder will also be shown in the playlist and played Click X to exit the playback page 01 Love of My Lif mps 02 Can t Live a Day mps 03 Celebrate You mp3 04 f You Could See What See mp3 05 Answered Prayer mp3 06 God Causes All Things to Grow mp3 07 Love Will Be Our Home mp3 08 Go There with You mp3 09 How Beautiful mp3 10 Shine on Us mp3 11 In Remembrance of Me mps 12 Household of Fatth mp3 Title 01 Love of My Life Arist Album Year 8 02 04 04 50 Volume Copyright 22010 GhAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved
218. larger one or skip this step if the hard drives have been replaced already Y Caution When the hard drive synchronization is in process do NOT turn off the NAS or plug in or unplug the hard disk drives 85 When the description displays Please remove this drive remove the hard drive from the NAS Wait for the NAS to beep twice after removing the hard drive RAID Management Expand capacity Seed Me dive to add Expand capacity WOC WDP500AAKS DOVYAI2 0 WOC WD2500AAKS DOVYA12 0 WDC WD2S00A4KS 00V1A12 0 WDC WO2S0044KS 00VVA12 0 WDC WD2500AAKS DOVYAT2 0 Target Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drwe 12345 Description Cancel Piease remove the drive No operation can be executed on this diie of the dive is busy i hho operation can be executed on mhis drive or the drive i busy A No operation can be executed onthis di or the drive is busy E No operation can be executed on this drive of the drive is busy EXPAND CAPACITY BACK When the description displays Please insert the new drive plug in the new hard drive to the drive slot fo Or tie dite is busy No operation can be executed on this drive or the drive is busy MHo operation can be executed on fhis drive of ihe tive is busy _ drive or the drive is busy i 86 _EXPAND CAPACITY BACK After plugging in the hard drive wait for the NAS to beep The system starts rebuilding Status Description No
219. le secure connection The default port number for remote replication via RTRR is 8899 Enter the password for RTRR connection Click NEXT Quick Configuration Wizard aa RRNA Configure Remote Host Settings TURBO NAS padae tettem CE S a RTRR service v 2 Fort 5899 ae Enable Secure Connection SSL Se Step 3 of 386 Select the folder pair for data synchronization Note If a folder or its parent folder or child folder has been selected as the source or destination in a folder pair of a replication job you cannot select the folder as the source or destination of another folder pair of the same job Quick Configuration Wizard sya ONAP Select Folder Pair URBO NAS Double click to select the folder Local source folder Remote destination folder WRecordings a O fOdownload an 2 Ea Download E Netwark Recycle Bin E Public download Ea armultimedia recordings E Qush E Gweb A LRMCFRE_ Tw OWE O Multimedia 4 E Network Recycle Bin PRISON BREAK a Public gt Recordings F fo rornrd_ nwr nro wl il Ade More Folder Pairs Step 4 of 11 CANCEL 387 Select Add More Folder Pairs to add more folder pairs for backup Each sync job supports maximum 5 folder pairs Select the folder pairs and click ADD Click NEXT Quick Configuration Wizard ag Configure Multiple Folder Pairs Local
220. les and subfolders within the selected folder The option Only the owner can delete the contents will not be applied to subfolders e Apply and replace all existing permissions of this folder files and subfolders Select this option to override all previously configured permissions of the selected folder and its files and subfolders except owner protection The option Only the owner can delete the contents will not be applied to subfolders Properties Info Mame Location S ZE Modified Time Permission Mame cs admin amp Guest Owner admin Admin Dent Admin 31 5 KB 201140119 09 16 12 Read W Only the owner can delete the content Apply changes to this Folder Files and subfolders write Execute Ej al Os 4pply and replace all existing permissions of this Folder files and subfolders 280 OK Cancel 7 2 Multimedia Station Multimedia Station is a web based application which lets you play your photos music and videos on the NAS by a web browser You can also share the multimedia files with your friends and publish photos to popular social networking sites such as Facebook Plurk Twitter Blogger and so on To use Multimedia Station follow the steps below 1 Go to Network Services gt Web Server Turn on the web server feature To allow access to Multimedia Station by HTTPS turn on the option Enable Secure Connection SSL 2 Go to Application Servers
221. les to download Download Station a HTTP FTP RapidShare HTTP FTP RapidShare BitTorrent E ED Download Tasks 5al Downloading Completed Inactive a EyRSS Linx Action show Season at 3 i 20101103 344 Download File File Mame Linux Action Showe Season 01 s readme nto Linux Action Show Season 013 s13e01 EVO4G Froyo Review mpg Linux Action Show Season 01313604 Linux Home Server Build Pt 1 mp4 Linux Action Show Season 01313603 Linux Home Server Build Pt 2 mp4 Linux Action Show Season 01 Sfs1 Sel4 Linux Backup Roundup inp Linux Action Show Season 01 Sfs1 Se0S Lenovo Ultimate Linux Tablet mp4 Linux Action Show Season 013 613e06 Linux Beginners Question and Ansyyer inp4 Linux Action Show Season 013 61 3e0F Linux Mint Debian Reviewer mpg Linux Action Show Season 0131308 Epic Linux News mp4 Linux Action Show Season 0131309 Ubuntu Store Concerns mp4 FARA eS Ss 2 2s ss Linux Action Show Season 013f s13e10 Are Big Distros Innovating mp4 You can view the download tasks and right click a task to start pause prioritize or remove a task To remove a download task and all its downloaded data select Remove and Delete Data Download Station 44 HTTP FTP RapidShare P z G gt te U a akj qo a amp BitTorrent E Download Tasks AI Start Downloading Pause Completed Active Priority In
222. lication job This is the maximum number of seconds to wait until a replication job is cancelled if no data has been received e Number of retries Specify the number of times the NAS should try to execute a replication job should it fail e Retry intervals second Specify the number of seconds to wait in between each retry For example if you entered 600 seconds for timeout 3 retries and 60 seconds for retry intervals a replication job will timeout in 600 seconds if no data is received The NAS will wait for 60 seconds and try to execute the job a second time If the job timed out again the NAS wait for another 60 seconds and retry for a third time Advanced Settings CN or Advanced Settings TURBO NAS You can configure the following settings forthe Remote Replication jobs tis recommended to use the default values Timeout second eno Number of retries Sct Retry Intervals second To CANCEL 381 RTRR Replication Note This feature is available for Intel based NAS models only Please visit http www qnap com for details Real time Remote Replication RTRR provides real time or scheduled data replication between the local NAS and a remote NAS an FTP server or an external drive or replication between two local share folders In real time mode the source folder will be monitored and any files that are new changed and renamed will be replicated to the target folder immediately In scheduled mode the s
223. ll the important data and system settings before resetting the HAS 78 4 Disk Management Volume Managementl7S RAID Managementl8 HDD SMARTII0A Encrypted File System 103 iSCSIM1A Virtual Diskfi54 4 1 Volume Management This page shows the model size and current status of the hard drives on the NAS You can format and check the hard drives and scan bad blocks on the hard drives When the hard drives have been formatted the NAS will create the following default share folders e Public Share folder for file sharing by everyone e Qdownload Download The default share folder for Download Station e Qmultimedia Multimedia The default share folder for Multimedia Station e Qusb Usb The default share folder for data copy function via the USB ports e Qweb Web The default share folder for Web Server e Qrecordings Recordings The default share folder for Surveillance Station The default network shares of TS x59 Turbo NAS series are Public Download Multimedia Usb Web and Recordings Note The default share folders are created on the first disk volume and the directory cannot be changed 79 Volume Management z Single Disk Volume RAID 1 Mirroring Disk Volume Poa Create single disk volume s f Create mirroring disk volumes _ _ RAID 0 Striping Disk Volume Create one striping disk volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Combine 3 or more disks to create a disk volume with data protection 1
224. lways ignore errors Shutdown computer when finished Hv E NetHood PrintH ood A Recent Senda 481 File Filter Click File Filter on NetBak Replicator to select file format to be skipped from backup Then click OK NetBak Replicator NetBak Rep icator MAS Server Backup Restore a aby OO Of f BE OO fo CA Documents and Settings fh CI Administrator E E Documents and Settings All Users 3 z u Administrator v 29 Default User vC Application Data E 52 Desktop Sa a Favorites Local Settings CI My Documents 9 NetHood w 9 FrintHood C Recent z CJ SendTo E He Start Menu aoaaa Eok Start Ae File Filter Schedule a Monitor Save As Defaults 482 File Filter Enter the pattern of the file name to be filtered trom backup operation Add Delete Default OF Cancel 483 Schedule Click Schedule on the main page of NetBak Replicator Then select the option Enable Backup Schedule and select the frequency and time for backup Click OK to confirm NetBak Replicator E x NetBak Replicator e th l 1 AN For client MAS Server 10 8 10 18 Share Folder backup 7 A Backup Restore CI Le ME OW Mo dA J Administrator Ey ga Documents and Settings All Users Si u Administrator v EI Default User WiC Application Data H 52 Desktop 1 9 Favorites 9 Local Settings My Documents 9 NetHood w 9 FrintHood wl Re
225. m the LUN e Read Write The connected initiator has read and write access right to the LUN e Deny Access The LUN is invisible to the connected initiator Add a Policy Define the LUN Masking policy for the initiator you input below Policy Mame Initiator an iqn 1991 05 com microsottreink Peer P eer errr rere ere rrr terre errr rere ere rere rere tree errr ere err rrr errr err reer rere riper irri 151 If no LUN masking policy is specified for a connected iSCSI initiator the default policy will be applied The system default policy allows read and write access from all the connected iSCSI initiators You can click Edit on the LUN masking list to edit the default policy Note Make sure you have created at least one LUN on the NAS before editing the default LUN policy LUN Masking 4 connected iSCSI initiator is authenticated by Target ACL and LUN Masking in order to access the iSCSI LUNs mapped to the iSCSI targets on the NAS For detailed instructions please click here LUN Masking Policy List Add a Policy 152 Hint How do I find the initiator IQN Start Microsoft iSCSI initiator and click General You can find the IQN of the initiator as shown below ISCSI Initiator Properties General Discovery Targets Persistent Targets Bound Volumes Devices The iSCSI protocol uses the following information to uniquely identity this initiator and authenticate targets To rename the initiator node
226. matics Other The NAS will start to download the file automatically You can view the download status in BitTorrent download Download Station Welcome admin Logout English ait GRO Ce CL TY BitTorrent Name Status Size Downk Upload Seed Peer Progre Share Start Time ETA SS Download Tasks Linux Action Show Season 013 Waitine 2 63 GI 0B s OB 0 0 0 0 00 2010 11 3 99 99 All z PhylOTU_GOS_VWWGS_OTUs an list_vBETA txt VWaitine 8 8 MB OBs OB O 0 0 0 00 2010 11 3C 99 99 Downloading Completed Active Inactive 346 To manage the RSS feeds subscription right click an RSS feed label You can open RSS Download Manager add update edit or delete an RSS feed Download Station 44 HTTPF FTP RapidShare BitTorrent Ma 3S Download Tasks Ph All Phi Downloading Completed He Active wirt Inactive KIT a Ryrss i AT All Feeds E MR S mining R55 Download Manager dd R55 Feed Update R55 Feed Edit R55 Feed Delete PSS Feed 347 RSS Download Manager You can use RSS Download Manager to create and manage filters to download particular torrent files for BitTorrent Download 1 2 3 A 8 RSS Download Manager To add a filter click Add Enter the filter name and specify the keyword to include and exclude Select the RSS feed to apply the filter settings You may also specify the quality of the video torrent files leave it as All if you do not need thi
227. mazon S3 to your NAS Note that you need to register an AWS account from http aws amazon com and pay for the service After signing up for an account you need to create at least one bucket root folder on Amazon S3 by an Amazon S3 application We recommend the Mozilla Firefox add on S3Fox for beginners Hee meme eo Cloud Bacup SO odout Enalist Cloud Backup AMAZON 53 ELEPHANTDRIVE a OO OC Amazon 53 This function allows you to Upload the data from the MAS to Amazon 53 or vice versa Note Please synchronize the system time with an Internet tine server before using this function To configure the system date and time please click here Current Jobs Create New Replication Job Job Name Usage Type Schedule Status Action 400 After setting up the Amazon S3 account follow the steps below to back up the data to or retrieve the data from Amazon S3 using the NAS 1 Click Create New Replicating Job 2 Enter the remote replication job name 3 Select the usage type Upload or Download and enter other settings A bucket is the root directory on Amazon S3 You can test the connection to the remote host testing by clicking TEST Other settings are optional Remote Replication Amazon 53 Access Key Private Key Remote Path Bucket Directory Remote Host Testing Step 2 of 5 CANCEL 4 Specify the local directory on the NAS for replication 5 Enter the replication schedule
228. me entry to represent unknown characters Asterisk Use an asterisk as a substitute for zero or more characters For example if you enter domain local the following items are included a domain local cde domain local test domain local Question mark Use a question mark as a substitute for only one character For example test domain local includes the following test1 domain local test2 domain local testa domain local When you use wildcard characters in a valid host name dot is included in wildcard characters For example when you enter example com one example com and one two example com are included 196 ISO Share Folders You can mount the ISO image files on the NAS as ISO share folders and access the contents without disc burning The NAS supports mounting up to 256 ISO share folders TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 119P TS 219P TS 112 TS 212 support maximum 256 network share folders only including 6 default network share folders The maximum number of ISO image files supported by these models is less than 256 256 minus 6 default share folders minus number of network recycle bin folders Follow the steps below to mount an ISO file on the NAS by the web interface 1 Login the NAS as an administrator Go to Share Folders gt ISO SHARE FOLDERS Click Mount An ISO File Share Folders Mount An 150 F
229. me subnet If you cannot search for the NAS IP connect the NAS to your computer directly and run Finder again 2 Choose the display language from the drop down menu on the login page of the NAS or after you login the NAS way QUICK LINKS English S e H ie B FE CP i SESE Fran ais Deutsch Ena cae Standard views Espa ol Italiano FYCCKHH Morsk Suomi Dansk Svenska Polski Fi 7 22 3 You can select to browse the NAS UI with Standard view or Flow view Standard view English QUICK LINKS Customer Service GhAP Wiki GAAP Forum Flows views Web Sever Web File Manager Flow view ADMINISTRATION 23 4 To configure the NAS click ADMINISTRATION Enter the administrator name and password Default user name admin Default password admin Note that if you login the administration interface with a user account without the administration right you can only change your login password a a ai e a a 2h nom ADMINISTRATION 5 You can turn on the option SSL login Secure Sockets Layer login to allow secure connection to the NAS Note If your NAS is placed behind an NAT gateway and you want to access the NAS by secure login from the Internet you must open the port 443 on your NAT and forward this port to LAN IP of the NAS Close User Name admin Password essere Remember username Remember password SUBMIT CANCEL
230. mes el Linmounted 92 Go to Disk Management gt RAID Management select the drive configuration for migration and click Migrate This function natles Capacty aapansion RAID cond qurabon migrabon of spare dnt Cond gurabon wih ihe sianal aed data Mote Make sure you haat raed fie instructions cally and pou fully understand fhe comrect operation procedure balore ussite Tits Curren Desk Wiodunee Comfiqeeaion cet en The operation s pou can execute pte 9154208 Ready No operabon can be executedtor this diva it No ppkn Cin be dabcuted te hig Grieg congu abo Ho obeabon can be daecuted ie hig crave Ho operaben can be executed tor this drive ee oo i E BITMAP RECOVER For palais ONS piege coi he 93 Select one or more available drives and the migration method The drive capacity after migration is Shown Click Migrate RAID Management Migrate Select the dive to add Model WD1000FYPS 01ZKB02 0 WO1000F YPS 012K 802 0 WD 1000FYPS 01ZKB02 0 piilu ienai hatena Single Disk volume gt RAD 6 Disk Volume Target Disk Volume Single Disk Orve 4 The drive configuration is about to be configured as capacity is approximately 3726 GB Note that all the data on the selected hard drive will be cleared Click OK to confirm 94 When migration is in process the requ
231. migration process can be done without turning off the server All the data will be retained You can do the following with online RAID level migration e Migrate the system from single disk to RAID 1 RAID 5 RAID 6 or RAID 10 e Migrate the system from RAID 1 to RAID 5 RAID 6 or RAID 10 e Migrate the system from RAID 5 with 3 hard drives to RAID 6 STEP 3 STEP 5 RAID hl igrat tel Single Disk Add New Disks single Disk to RAIDS 3TB RAID 5 You need to e Prepare a hard drive of the same or larger capacity as an existing drive in the RAID configuration e Execute RAID level migration migrate the system from single disk mode to RAID 5 with 4 hard drives 90 Go to Disk Management gt Volume Management The current disk volume configuration displayed on the page is single disk the capacity is 1TB Current Disk Volume Configuration Physical Disks Drive 1 Hitachi HD5721010KLA330 GRAD Drive 2 91 Plug in the new 1TB hard drives to drive slots 2 3 4 and 5 of NAS The NAS will detect the new hard drives The status of the new hard drives is Unmounted i current Disk Volume Configuration Physical Disks Hitachi HO5721010KL4330 GKAO 31 51 GB Hitachi HD5721010KLA330 GKAO 921 51 G6 Hitachi HO5721010KLA330 GRAD 831 51 G5 Hitachi HOS721010KL4330 GRAD 931 51 GB Hitachi HD5721010KLA330 GKAO 931 5168 Current Desk Volume Configuration Logical Volu
232. minutes aterunsuecessfl attempts for S time s blockthe for Sminutes Y Fl FTP in Iminutes ater unsuccessful attempts for 15 time s blockthe IP for S minutes O samea In iminutes ater unsuccessful attempts for S time s blockthe IPfor S minutes C AFF In minutes after unsuccessful attempts for 5 time s OOO i block the IP for 5 minutes 61 Import SSL Secure Certificate The Secure Socket Layer SSL is a protocol for encrypted communication between web servers and browsers for secure data transfer You can upload a secure certificate issued by a trusted provider After you have uploaded a secure certificate you can connect to the administration interface by SSL connection and there will not be any alert or error message The NAS supports X 509 certificate and private key only SECURITY LEVEL NWETYWORK ACCESS PROTECTION SSL SECURE CERTIFICATE amp PRIVATE KEY SSL Secure Certificate amp Private Key You can Upload a secure certificate issued by a trusted provider After you have Uploaded a secure certificate successtully you can access the administration interface by SSL connection and there will not be any alert or error message Ivou Upload an incorrect secure certificate you may not be able to login the server via SSL To resolve the problem you can restore the secure certificate to default and access the system again Status Default secure certificate being used Please enter a certificate in X 509P
233. n doing so i The IP address of the NAS ii The IP address of the IP cameras Your computer the NAS and the IP cameras should be connected to the same router on the LAN Assign fixed IP addresses to the NAS and the IP cameras For example e The LAN IP of the home router 192 168 1 100 e Camera 1 IP 192 168 1 10 fixed IP e Camera 2 IP 192 168 1 20 fixed IP e NAS IP 192 168 1 60 fixed IP J J Camera 1 Camera 2 LAN IP 192 168 1 10 LAN IP 192 168 1 20 Sek ee DSL Cable NAT router modem CAN IP 192 168 1 100 LAN IP 192 168 1 32 356 Set up the IP cameras In this example two IP cameras will be installed Connect the IP cameras to your home network Then set the IP address of the cameras so that they are in the same LAN as the computer Login the configuration page of the Camera 1 by IE browser Enter the IP address of the first IP camera as 192 168 1 10 The default gateway should be set as the LAN IP of the router 192 168 1 100 in this example Then configure the IP address of the second IP camera as 192 168 1 20 Some IP cameras provide a utility for IP configuration You may refer to the user manual of the cameras for further details Please refer to http www qnap com for the supported network camera list Configure the camera settings on the NAS Login the Surveillance Station by the IE browser to configure the IP cameras Go to Settings gt Camera Settings Enter the IP camera information f
234. n folder Click OK Delete file or folder i Selecta file or folder to delete li Click i Delete on the toolbar iii Confirm to delete the file or folder 268 Extract files i To extract a zipped file on the NAS right click the zipped file and select Extract 900 BE amp o0 Hame Size Type Geg onan 276 93 ZIP File Download Extract Move Copy Delete Rename Properties ii Select the files to extract and configure the extraction settings Extract sky and flowers zip File List Settings Name Size Packed Moditied Time Blue hills jpg 27 05 KB 26 06 KB 2001 08 23 20 00 00 Sunset jpg 69 52 KA 67 95 KB 2001 08 23 20 00 00 Water lilies jpg 51 83 KE 50 83 KB 2001 08 23 20 00 00 Winter jpg 103 07 KB 101 67 KB 2001 08 23 20 00 00 IA 4 6 Page 1 off yr FY a Display tem 1 4 Total 4 Show 50 ftems J Extract to download Extract Select Extract All Cancel 269 Files Folders Search Web File Manager supports smart search of files sub folders and folders on the NAS You can search a file or folder by all or part of the file or folder name or by the file extension for example AVI MP3 Web File Manager l Qmultimedia video Welcome admin Logout English a 4 nasecacec B C Network Recycle Bin 1 8 C Public a download 3 Sj Qmuttimedia system B J music a L photos video H C recordings H C Qush a aweb arei 8 r
235. n including user name password quota and user group The quota setting can be exported only when the quota function is enabled in Access Right Management gt Quota 174 5 2 User Groups A user group is a collection of users with the same access right to the files or folders The NAS has created the following user groups by default e administrators All the members in this group have the administration right of the NAS You cannot delete this group e everyone All the registered users belong to everyone group You cannot delete this group The number of user groups you can create on the NAS varies according to the NAS models If your NAS models are not listed please visit http www qnap com for details Maximum number of user NAS models groups TS 110 TS 210 TSsii2 15 119 TS 119P TS 212 TS 219P 15 410 TS 239 Pro II T5 259 Prot TS 412 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 412U TS 419U SS 439 Pro SS 839 Pro TS 439 Pro II TS 459U RP SP TS 459U RP SP 15 459 Pro 15 459 Pro II TS 559 Pro TS 559 Pro II TS 659 Pro TS 659 Pro II T5659 Pro TS 859U RP TS 859U RP TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP A group name must not exceed 256 characters It is case insensitive and supports double byte characters such as Chinese Japanese and Korean except the following ones AAE ee ee ae User Groups o Create a User Group administrators BYeErOone test 175 5 3 Share Folders Share Folders
236. n now e000 EE Hitachi HD5721010KLA330 GKAO 93151 Ga Read SCAN NOW j GOOD a After RAID expansion has finished the new capacity is shown and the status is Ready You can start to use the larger capacity In the example you have 3 7TB logical volume RAID Management z This function enables capacity expansion RAID configuraion migration of spare diwe configurabon with the original drive data reserved Note Make sure you have read the instructions carefully and you fully understand the correct operation procedure before using this function The operation s you can execute Ready ay Expand capacity For detailed instructions please click here Tip If the description still shows You can replace this hard drive and the status of the drive volume says Ready it means the RAID volume is still expandable 89 Migrate Online RAID Level Migration During the initial setup of TS 509 Pro you bought a 1TB hard drive and configured it as single disk TS 509 Pro is used as a file server for data sharing among the departments After a half year more and more important data are saved on TS 509 Pro There is a rising concern for hard drive damage and data loss Therefore you planned to upgrade the disk configuration to RAID 5 Using online RAID level migration you can install one hard drive for setting up TS 509 Pro and upgrade the RAID level in the future The
237. n set the hardware functions of the NAS Hardware Hardware Enable configuration reset switch C Enable write cache for EXT 4 Buzzer Control Enable alarm buzzer System operations startup shutdown and firmware upgrade System events terror and warming Smart Fan Configuration Low Speed Medium speed O High speed Enable configuration reset switch When this function is turned on you can press the reset button for 3 seconds to reset the administrator password and the system settings to default The disk data will be retained System Basic system reset Advanced system reset 1 beep 2 beeps All NAS models Press the reset button for 3 sec Press the reset button for 10 sec 56 Basic system reset 3 sec When you press the reset button for 3 seconds a beep sound will be heard The following settings will be reset to default System administration password admin TCP IP configuration Obtain IP address settings automatically via DHCP TCP IP configuration Disable Jumbo Frame TCP IP configuration If Port trunking is enabled dual LAN models only the port trunking mode will be reset to Active Backup Failover System port 8080 system service port Security level Low Allow all connections LCD panel password blank VLAN will be disabled This feature is only provided by the NAS models with LCD panels Please visit http www qnap com for details Advanced system reset 10 s
238. nd user groups and specify their access rights to the folder Click ADD to confirm Select users and groups Name Read only Read Write Deny Access messagebus C d L alex F F iwar F F C test E ad L icecast d d L test 000 F C test 00 3 Fi F test 004 a L test0gus F F test 0lg F F C ADD CANCEL 187 Click Remove to remove any configured permissions You can select multiple items by holding the Ctrl key and left clicking the mouse Click APPLY to save the settings Share Folders BYERONe Kk O w Kk O O O l lt F acd Renove For detailed instructions please click here 188 Subfolder Permissions The NAS supports subfolder permissions for secure management of the folders and subfolders You can specify read read write and deny access of individual user to each folder and subfolder To configure subfolder permissions go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders gt Advanced Options tab Select Enable Advanced Folder Permissions and click APPLY Note You can create maximum 230 permission entries for each folder when Advanced Folder Permission is enabled Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS Advanced Options Enable Advanced Folders Permissions Go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders gt Share Folders ta
239. ndin an eel Hee neare if eri wh 528 This is the front page of your freshly installed phpBB3 forum Start sending out forum invitations to establish your online community phpBB i your domain com t text t E yi eating COMM eas kal rib J Board index iA EDuser Control Panel 0 new messages View your posts CIFAag FB Members Logout admin It is currently Tue Jun 30 2009 4 17 pm Last visit was Tue Jun 30 2009 4 14 pm Moderator Control Panel View unanswered posts View new posts View active topics Mark forums read TOUR FIRST CATEGORY Your first forum y admin Description of your first forum Tue Jun 30 2009 4 14 pm WHOIS ONLINE In total there are 2 users online 1 registered 0 hidden and 1 guest based on users active over the past 5 minutes Most users ever online was 2 on Tue Jun 30 2009 4 17 pm Registered users admin Legend Administrators Global moderators STATISTICS Total posts 1 Total topics 1 Total members 1 Our newest member admin C Board index The team Delete all board cookies All times are UTC Powered by phpBB amp 2000 2002 2005 2007 phpBB Group Administration Control Panel 529 18 NAS Maintenance Settings Restart Shut down Serverb3h System Temperature Protection B3 Troubleshooting Abnormal RAID Operation 634 530 18 1 Restart Shut down Server Follow the steps below to restart or shut down the NAS 1 Login the NAS as an admin
240. nds on many factors such as the adapter model the USB adapter s performance and the network environment For higher connection performance you are recommended to use wired connection The system supports only one USB Wi Fi dongle at a time 1 Connect to an existing Wi Fi network A list of Wi Fi access points with signal strength are displayed on the Wi Fi Network Connection panel Wi Fi Network Connection CONNECT TO A WI FI NETWORK V Show all Network name SSID Signal quality Protocol Status Actions O Pw a O g fow pmm one OD mo a ee A foo emmamma oae OA E Fanv reress mmmmmmnnnn jeo O a 45 To search for the Wi Fi networks in range This icon shows that the Wi Fi network requires a network C Secured network key you need to enter the key to connect to the network To connect to Wi Fi network If a security key is required b Connect you will be prompted to enter the key To edit the connection information You may also select to connect to the Wi Fi network automatically when it is in range a To disconnect from the Wi Fi network Disconnect To delete the Wi Fi network profile from the panel Remove Show all Select this option to display all the available Wi Fi networks Unselect this option to show only the configured network profiles 46 Click Rescan to search for available Wi Fi networks in range Select a Wi Fi network to connect
241. nfo Stuffit 7 a A Applications aaa Ga System Preferences amp Teamviewer H Documents Text dit E Dropbox Time Machine SEARCH FOR _ Be Utilities ar 0 Today a Q VMware Fusion a E Xtend SAN E i ii ii Li Yanarim 141 Click the Discover Targets tab you can either choose Discover by DNS IP or Discover by iSNS according to the network topology In this example we will use the IP address to discover the iSCSI targets Fates Discover by DNS IP Discover by iSNS l Discovered Targets Add C Clear 142 Follow the screen instructions and enter the server address iSCSI target port number default 3260 and CHAP information if applicable Click Finish to retrieve the target list after all the data have been entered correctly Hosts Initiator ual W MacBook Pro local Discover Targets pe Configure the static discovery Address 10 8 12 111 Port 3260 CHAP Target User Name james Mutual Authentication Initiator User Name Initiator Secret 143 All the available iSCSI targets on the NAS will be shown Select the target you would like to connect and click Add Initiator Discover by DNS IP Discover by iSNS Discovered Targets ign 2004 04 com qnap ts 43 Sproiiiscsi forvista be2 3f2 iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 43 9proiciscsi vdd be2 3f2 iqn 2004 04 com qnap ts 43 9proiiscsi formac bez 3f2 A
242. ng settings User Information auta User Group Personal Share Folder Privilege Step 1 ofS CANCEL 161 Create Multiple Users To create multiple users on the NAS click Create Multiple Users Users Import Export Users Click Next Multiple Users Creation Wizard ONAP Create Multiple Users TURBO NAS This wizard helps you create multiple users Click NEXT to proceed Sten 1of5 NEXT ff CANCEL 162 Enter the name prefix e g test Enter the start number for the user name e g 0001 and the number of users to be created e g 10 The NAS creates ten users named test0001 test0002 test0003 test0010 The password entered here is the same for all new users Multiple Users Creation Wizard ONAP Account Login Info TURBO NAS User Name Prefix test a User Name Start No 0001 0 Number of Users Patni cee ccc Verify Password eee O Note Forincreased security password should be atleast amp characters Step 2 of 6 park CANCEL 163 Select to create a private network share for each user or not The network share will be named after the user name If a network share of the same name has already existed the NAS will not create the folder Multiple Users Creation Wizard Xe Create Private Network Share ONAP TURBO NAS Do you wantto create a private network share for each user si YES ONG Note lf you select No will directthe complet
243. nistration Enter the name of the NAS The server name supports maximum 14 characters and can be a combination of the alphabets numbers and hyphen The server name does not accept the names with space period or names in pure number General Settings SYSTEM ADMINISTRATION DATE AND TIME DAYLIGHT SAVING TIME LANGUAGE PASSWORD STRENGTH System Administration Server Name Alex system Fart S080 C Force secure connection SSL only Note After enabling the Force secure connection SSL only option the web Administration can only be connected via https Assign a port for the system management The default port is 8080 The services which use this port include System Management Web File Manager Multimedia Station and Download Station If you are not sure about this setting use the default port number Enable Secure Connection SSL To allow the users to connect the NAS by https turn on secure connection SSL and enter the port number If you turn on the option Force secure connection SSL only the users can only connect to the web administration page by https connection 32 Date and Time Adjust the date time and time zone of the NAS according to your location If the settings are incorrect the following problems may occur e When using a web browser to access the server or save a file the display time of the action will be incorrect e The time of the event log displayed will b
244. not supported by one bay NAS models TS 210 and TS 212 You can perform online RAID capacity expansion RAID 1 5 6 10 and online RAID level migration single disk RAID 1 5 10 add a hard drive member to a RAID 5 6 or 10 configuration configure a Spare hard drive RAID 5 6 10 with the data retained enable Bitmap and recover a RAID configuration on this page To expand the storage capacity of a RAID 10 volume you can perform online RAID capacity expansion or add an even number of hard disk drives to the volume RAID Management This function enables capacity expansion RAID configuration migration or spare drive configuration with the original drive data reserved Hote Make sure you have read the instructions carefully and you fully understand the correct operation procedure before using this function Current Disk Volume Configuration Volume Total Size Bitmap Status Description The operationis you can execute Mirroring Disk Volume Drive 1 2 145 24 GB Mo Ready ta Expand capacity EXPAND CAPACITY ADD HARD DRIVE MIGRATE CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE BITMAP RECOVER 83 Expand Capacity Online RAID Capacity Expansion Scenario You bought four 250GB hard drives for initial setup of TS 509 Pro and configured RAID 5 disk configuration with the four hard drives A half year later the data size of the department has largely increased to 1 5TB In other words the storage capacit
245. ns Microsoft Networking MICROSOFT NETWORKING ADVANCED OPTIONS Advanced Options C Enable WINS server Cl Use the specified WN server WINS server IF address Ae arora mnt seme Local Master Browser C Allow only WLW authentication pererunsnnnnensnsnenunnnunosusnsnunnnnnnng Name Resolve Priority DNS only E Login style DOMAIMUSERNMAME instead of DOMAIN USERNMAME tor FTF AFP amp web File Manager O Automatically register in OMS C Enable trusted domains WINS server If the local network has a WINS server installed specify the IP address The NAS will automatically register its name and IP address with WINS service If you have a WINS server on your network and want to use this server enter the WINS server IP Do not turn on this option if you are not sure about the settings Local Domain Master A Domain Master Browser is responsible for collecting and recording resources and services available for each PC on the network or a workgroup of Windows When you find the waiting time for connecting to the Network Neighborhood My Network Places too long it may be caused by failure of an existing master browser or a missing master browser on the network If there is no master browser on your network select the option Domain Master to configure the NAS as the master browser Do not turn on this option if you are not sure about the settings Allow only NTLMv2 authentication NTLMv2 stands for NT LAN Manager version 2
246. nt Operating System Ubuntu 9 10 Desktop 1 Open Places gt Connect to Server lt a Applications atki System Qo ij Home Folder EE Desktop ij Downloads sa el E Mon Nov 2 9 25PM h james __ Floppy Drive t Bless Connect to Servar Connect to a remote computer or shared disk Search for Files Recent Documents 254 2 Select WebDAV HTTP or Secure WebDAV HTTPS for the Service type according to your NAS settings and enter your host information Enter the user name and password which has the WebDAV access right to connect to this share folder Click Connect to initialize the connection 4G Applications Places System GG a a E Mon Nov 2 9 26PM cb james Connect to Server 255 3 This WebDAV connection has been established successfully a linked folder will be created on the desktop automatically GG Applications Places System gf 4 Gl MonNov 2 9 29PM james MyWebDAV File Browser File Edit View Go Bookmarks Tabs Help Back Forward i ee E Bij m Q W Desktop O File System 256 MySQL Management You may install phpMyAdmin software and save the program files in the Web share folder of the NAS You can change the folder name and connect to the database by entering the URL in the browser Note The default user name of MySQL is root The password is admin Please change your root pass
247. ntents images videos and audio files on the NAS on the web browser over LAN or WAN Supported file format JPG JPEG GIF PNG Animation will not be shown for animated GIF files Playback FLV MPEG 4 Video H 264 AAC Transcode AVI MP4 M4V MPG MPEG RM RMVB WMV Files will be converted into FLV albumoi various artists 27 285 Home Return to the home directory of Multimedia Station Parent Directory Return to the parent directory Refresh Refresh current directory Manage Album You can 1 Create new album under the current directory and 2 Add new files to this album by copying or uploading files to this directory Set Album Cover You can set up the album cover for each album directory by specifying one photo in this album directory Cooliris Browse your photos in 3 dimensional way with Cooliris You need to install the Cooliris plug in for your browser first Slide Show Start slide show You can set up the photo frame background music and animation in the slide show mode Publish Publish the chosen photos max 5 photos to popular social networking sites It now Supports Twitter Facebook MySpace Plurk Windows Live and Blogger Note that the album must be set to public Control Panel gt Set Folder Public before it can be published and Multimedia Station must be accessible from the Internet It is suggested to set up the DDNS for the NAS before using this feature E mai
248. nter a name for the virtual disk If the target is mapped with multiple LUNs select a LUN from the list Make sure only this NAS can connect to the LUN The NAS supports mounting EXT3 EXT4 FAT32 NTFS HFS file systems If the file system of the LUN is Unknown select Format virtual disk now and the file system You can format the virtual disk as EXT3 EXT4 FAT 32 NTFS or HFS By selecting Format virtual disk now the data on the LUN will be removed Add Virtual Disk sa Configure Virtual Disk Virtual Disk Marne VirtualDiskt LIJN List LUN File System ext3 Mote Make sure only this WAS can connectto the selected LUM Format virtual disk now File System EXT3 Step 2 of 3 CANCEL 156 Click FINISH to exit the wizard Add Virtual Disk Setup complete A virtual disk has been created successfully Virtual Disk Marne YirtualDiskt File System ext3 Total Size 1023 MB Free Size 445 ME Status Ready LUM Serial Murmber bb febce cabh 4945 999e Od03sctaz5he The storage capacity of your NAS has been expanded by the virtual disk You can go to Access Right Management gt Share Folders to create new share folders on the virtual disk Virtual Disk z ce 10 8 12 111 iqn 2004 04 com qnapts Connected Mie 439proiriscsi 001be2st L VirtualDisk ext3 1023 MB 943MB Ready z Mote Create a share folder for the virtual disks 157 O e veseo To ed
249. nternet Select to use Express Setup default or Manual Setup Express Setup opens the ports for HTTP 8080 HTTP 80 FTP 21 FTPS 20 services automatically To select the ports of the NAS services to open select Manual Setup Click Next MyCloudNAS Wizard Mote Remote access may not be applicable in certain environments This wizard will help you setup your NAS for remote access from the internet by the steps below 1 Register a WyCloudWaAs Mame 2 Set Up auto router configuration UPnP port torvarding 3 Enable and publish WAS services to MycloudMAS Service Express Setup fe Manual Setup CANCEL Step 1 of amp 451 Enter a host name MyCloudNAS name for your NAS and select a domain name Click Check to check the availability of the host name Then click Next MyCloudNAS Wizard Enter your MyCloudNAS name Enter a name for your MAS for remote access from the Internet ptipiftest123 MyCloudNAS com CHECK Shel aes BACK CANCEL Select the ports to open on your UPnP router Your router will be configured to open and forward the ports to the NAS services automatically Click Next 452 MyCloudNAS Wizard Select Services for Remote Access Select the services to be opened for Internet access via auto router configuration UPnP port forwarding ve HTTP i8080 web Administration Web File Wanager HTTP 80 W
250. ntroduction ms Finished http tp stutedu tw var ttp pubsopenSource apachethttodhttpd 2 3 8 tar bz Waiting 350 The common reasons for slow BT download rate or download error are as below 1 The torrent file has expired the peers have stopped sharing this file or there is error in the file 2 The NAS has configured to use fixed IP but DNS server is not configured or DNS server fails 3 Set the maximum number of simultaneous downloads as 3 5 for the best download rate 4 The NAS is located behind NAT router The port settings have led to slow BT download rate or no response You may try the following means to solve the problem a Open the BitTorrent port range on NAT router manually Forward these ports to the LAN IP of the NAS The new NAS firmware supports UPnP NAT port forwarding If your NAT router supports UPnP enable this function on the NAT Then enable UPnP NAT port forwarding of the NAS The BT download rate should be enhanced 351 Use Download Software QGet QGet is a utility to manage the download tasks on multiple NAS servers over LAN or the Internet You can install the software on multiple PCs or Macs no license is required QGet is compatible with Download Station vl and v2 1 Install QGet from the product CD ROM disc gt ONAP Turbo NAS Ciuick Installation Guide Install NAP Finder Install NetBak Replicator Install Get User Manual and Application Notes Browse CD 352 2 Follow t
251. o allow QMobile to access the multimedia files on the QNAP NAS The user accounts created on the NAS and Multimedia Station are independent of one another Please access Multimedia Station with an authorized user account 313 Install QMobile Download QMobile from App Store iPhone or Android Market Android phones hi e ai ja r FT 5 25 QMobile FREE gt iTunes Store Terms and Conditions Search Android phone users may also get the download link of QMobile by taking a picture of the QR code from the website below 1 http www gqnap com QMobile Default aspx lang eng 2 http www doubletwist com apps android qmobile 6558955796410604679 Take a picture of the QR code te 314 Get the download link automatically from the QR code er Download QMobile to your Android phone gee L 315 After installation QMobile will be shown on the screen ita nia ETE E Lea LI L CGE eel 316 Configure the NAS settings on your handheld devices Launch QMobile App and add a QNAP NAS You can add the NAS to QMobile by Automatic Discovery or Add Server Manually Mobile 317 Automatic Discovery m ie A F ee Mobile Connect to Server No servers Add Server Automatic Discovery Add Server Manually ONAF 318 Note 1 For iPhone users This feature is only available af
252. o configure port forwarding on your router to allow inbound traffic from port 80 to the LAN IP 10 8 12 45 of your NAS e SSL certificate import If you are going to enable SSL connection for the website and intend to use your own trusted SSL certificates you may import the certificate from within the administration backend under System Administration gt Security gt Import SSL Secure Certificate 258 Follow the steps below to use virtual host 1 Select Enable Virtual Host and click Apply 2 Click Create New Virtual Host Web Server WEB SERVER VIRTUAL HOST Virtual Host After enabling this function you can create multiple websites by uploading Web files to each folder Enable Virtual Host APPLY Create New Virtual Host 3 Enter the host name and specify the folder under Web or Qweb where the web files will be uploaded to 4 Specify the protocol HTTP or HTTPS for connection If you select HTTPS make sure the option Enable Secure Connection SSL in Web Server has been turned on 5 Specify the port number for connection 6 Click Apply 259 7 Continue to enter the information for the rest of the sites you want to host on the NAS Modify Virtual Host ONAP Modify Virtual Host TURBO NAS Host Name sitel mysiiecom o h y Protocol BeBe eeeee H pasannna P a H PS Port 80 Step 1 of APPLY CANCEL Web Server
253. o satisfy these requirements e Convey the object code using peer to peer transmission provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d A separable portion of the object code whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library need not be included in conveying the object code work A User Product is either 1 a consumer product which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal family or household purposes or 2 anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling In determining whether a product is a consumer product doubtful cases Shall be resolved in favor of coverage For a particular product received by a particular user normally used refers to a typical or common use of that class of product regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses or expects or is expected to use the product A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial industrial or non consumer uses unless such uses represent the only significant mode of use of the product Installation Information for a User Product means any methods procedures authorization keys or other information required to install and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product
254. of the capacity of all member hard drives RAID O Striping Disk Volume a RAID 0 RAID 0 striping disk combines 2 or more striping hard drives into one larger volume The data is written to the hard drive without any parity information and no redundancy is offered The total storage capacity of a RAID O disk Block Al Block A2 volume is equal to the sum of the capacity of Block A3 Block A4 J all member hard drives Block A5 Block A6 J trae Gres RAID 1 Mirroring Disk Volume RAID 1 RAID 1 duplicates the data between two hard mirroring drives to provide disk mirroring To create a RAID 1 array a minimum of 2 hard drives are required Block A1 Block Al Block A2 Block A2 J Block A3 TETES Block A4 Block A4 J The storage capacity of a RAID 1 disk volume is equal to the size of the smallest hard drive 81 RAID 5 Disk Volume RAID 5 The data are striped across all the hard drives parity across disks in a RAID 5 array The parity information is co distributed and stored across each hard drive lt Ifa member hard drive fails the array enters Block A2 Pg in z f f CEY degraded mode After installing a new hard Block B1 J Block B2 Block B3 J drive to replace the failed one the data can Paty be rebuilt from other member drives that Block D1 Block A3 Block D2 Jim Block D34 Disk 4 i i i ka e ah r E x contain the parity information Disk Disk2 Disk 3 To
255. of this License The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns Each version is given a distinguishing version number If the Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License or any later version applies to it you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used that proxy s public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program Later license versions may give you additional or different permissions However no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version 15 Disclaimer of Warranty THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
256. ogs page to search for the following error message and find out which hard drive causes the error Error occurred while accessing Drive X Drive X has been removed X refers to the number of hard drive slot 3 Troubleshooting After plugging in the new hard drive for example HDD 1 drive rebuilding will start If the drive configuration fails again due to read write error of the HDD in the rebuilding process identify which HDD causes the error and follow the steps below to solve the problems Situation 1 The error is caused by the newly plugged in HDD If the newly plugged in hard drive for example HDD 1 causes the rebuilding error please unplug HDD 1 and plug in another new HDD to start RAID rebuilding Situation 2 The error is caused by an existing hard drive for example HDD 2 in the RAID configuration If the RAID configuration is RAID 1 you can do either one of the following a Back up the hard drive data to another storage device Then reinstall and set up the NAS b Format the newly plugged in hard drive for example HDD 1 as a single drive Then back up the data on the NAS to this drive HDD 1 via Web File Manager Unplug the hard drive with errors for example HDD 2 After that insert a new hard drive to NAS to replace the fault drive and execute RAID 1 migration 534 When the RAID configuration is RAID 5 or 6 The RAID configuration is changed to degraded mode read only It is recommended that you back up
257. older according to the pre configured schedule Wi Configure policy and filter CANCEL Step 6 of 11 389 To configure synchronization policy select Configure policy and filter and click NEXT Select whether or not to enable the following options Delete extra files Delete extra files in the target folder Deletions made on the source folder will be repeated on the target folder This option is not available for real time synchronization Detect sparse files Select this option to ignore files of null data Check file contents Specify to examine file contents date size and name to determine if two files are identical This option is not available for real time synchronization Compress files during transmissions Specify whether or not the files should be compressed for sync operations Note that more CPU resources will be consumed Ignore symbolic links Select this option to ignore symbolic links in the pair folder Extended attributes Select this option to keep the information in extended attributes Timeout and retry settings Specify the timeout period and retry settings if a sync operation fails Quick Configuration Wizard ea Configure synchronization policy P Delete extra files Timeout and retry settings Detect sparse files 7 Timeout second 4120 Check file contents Retry Intervals second 60 Compress files during transmission B Ignore symbolic links LE Extended
258. om a remote folder NAS or FTP server to a local folder e Synchronize data from a local folder to another local folder or an external drive Click NEXT Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP TURBO NAS Select sync locations Select the target folder for synchronization Local folder to remote folder Synchronize files trom a local folder to a remote folder Remote folder to local folder Synchronize files from a remote folder to a local folder Local folder to local folderfexternal drive Synchronize files from a local folder to another local folder or external drive Step 2 of 11 BACK NEXT CANCEL 384 Enter the IP address or host name Select the server type FTP server or NAS server with RTRR service enabled Remote replication to FTP server Specify the port number and if you want to enable FTP with SSL TLS Explicit for encrypted data transfer If the FTP server is behind a firewall enable passive mode Enter the user name and password with read write access to the server Click NEXT Quick Configuration Wizard CNA Configure Remote Host Settings TURBO NAS IP edoressiinsthame 2 10 ae ee 2 Server Type FIP Semer M 2 conr PIE LIFTP with SSLITLS Explicit vV Passive Mode Step 3 of 11 CANCEL 385 Remote replication to NAS with RTRR service Enter the IP address of the RTRR service enabled server Specify the connection port and select whether or not to enab
259. om the Internet DDNS Service Set up DDNS Service for Remote Internet Access to QNAP NAS Dynamic Domain Name Service DDNS is a service used to map a domain name to the dynamic IP address of a network device QNAP NAS supports DDNS for quick access to the server on the Internet by an easy to remember domain name URL instead of a lengthy IP address Once the IP is changed the NAS will automatically update the information to the DDNS provide to ensure it is always available for remote access DNS Service Provider CO DynDNS eon 1A Register a domain name e g qnap dyndns office com from a DDNS provider 1B Enable DDNS service and fill in the DDNS account information on the NAS 1C QNAP NAS will update the WAN IP information to the DDNS provider automatically 2A Remotely connect to the NAS by the domain name you registered http qnap dyndns office com 8080 from any PC 2B The DDNS provider will map the WAN IP updated by QNAP NAS to the domain name should the IP change 491 Register DDNS service If your NAS is set up to use a dynamic IP address you may register a free DDNS dynamic DNS account from a DNS service provider and assign a unique host name for easy access to your NAS on the Internet To register a DDNS account please refer to the steps below 1 Choose a DNS service provider QNAP NAS currently supports the following DDNS service providers http www dyndns com http update ods org http www dhs
260. on To use other functions such as motion detection recording scheduled recording and video playback see the online help o Surveillance on _ r J Network Video l Live View Playback 3 0 0 0326T 359 Configure your NAT router for remote monitoring over the Internet To view the monitoring video and connect to the NAS remotely you need to change the network settings by forwarding different ports to the corresponding LAN IP on your NAT router J J Camera 1 Camera 2 LAN IP 192 168 1 10 LAN IP 192 168 1 20 LAN IP 192 168 1 60 Port 81 Port 82 Port 8000 Fa if af ey Internet SN A DSL Cable NAT router modem CAN IP 192 168 1 100 LAN IP 192 168 1 32 Change the port settings of the NAS and the IP cameras The default HTTP port of NAS is 8080 In this example the port is changed to 8000 Therefore you have to connect to the NAS via http NAS IP 8000 after applying the settings Then login the network settings page of the IP cameras Change the HTTP port of IP camera 1 from 80 to 81 Then change the port of IP camera 2 from 80 to 82 Next login the Surveillance Station Go to Settings gt Camera Settings Enter the port numbers of IP camera 1 and IP camera 2 as 192 168 1 10 port 81 and 192 168 1 20 port 82 respectively Enter the login name and the password for both IP cameras Besides enter the WAN IP address or your domain address on the public network for example MyNAS dyn
261. on of MySQL server Cl Enable TCP IP Metworking Hote You can install the phphtyadmin package to manage your MySQL server To install the phgpbyAdmin please click here Database Maintenance You can resetthe database password or re initialize the database RESET ROOT PASSWORD RE INITIALIZE DATABASE 368 7 8 QPKG Plugins You can install the QPKG packages to add more functions to the NAS Click GET QPKG Home gt Application Servers gt gt UPERG Plugins weicome admin Logout 8 Englich QPKG Plugins OPKG INSTALLED INSTALLATION i ei Optware JRE Ice Station SqueezeBoxServer MuttimediaStationExtra Before you install the packages make sure the files are correct read the instructions carefully and back up all the important data on the NAS Download the package you want to install on the NAS to your computer GLPI IceStation N2BGet Tomcat Asterisk Java Runtime Environment xDove AjaXplorer SABnzbd Python WordPress Joomla phpMyAdmin MLDonkey SSOTS Now with Squeezebox Server ow are IPE Litsy Package Manageme 369 m Before installing the QPKG package unzip the downloaded file To install the QPKG browse to select the correct QPKG file and click INSTALL OPKG INSTALLED INSTALLATION Install a new OPKG plugin To install a package please follow the steps below 1 Click GET QPEG to see the latest available QPEG
262. only valid characters are 0 9 9 a z A Z a z A Z e Maximum length 256 characters Maximum length 12 16 authentication characters Mutual CHAP e The only valid characters are 0 9 e The only valid characters are 0 9 a z A Z colon dot and a z A Z colon dot and dash dash e Maximum length 12 16 Maximum length 12 16 characters characters iSCSI Quick Configuration Wizard ONAP CHAP Authentication Settings m TURBO HA Wo Use CHAF authentication User Mame Password Re enter Password W Mutual CHAP User Mame Password Re enter Password Step 3 of 6 CANCEL 124 7 Create an iSCSI LUN An iSCSI LUN is a logical volume mapped to the iSCSI target Select one of the following modes to allocate the disk space to the LUN e Thin Provisioning Select this option to allocate the disk space in a flexible manner You can allocate the disk space to the target anytime regardless of the current storage capacity available on the NAS Over allocation is allowed since the storage capacity of the NAS can be expanded by online RAID capacity expansion e Instant Allocation Select this option to allocate the disk space to the LUN instantly This option guarantees the disk space assigned to the LUN but may take more time to create the LUN Enter the LUN name and specify the LUN location disk volume on the NAS Enter the capacity for the LUN Click Next iSCSI Quick Configuration
263. ons Simply type in the path to the contents on your QNAP NAS default folder is Qmultimedia or Multimedia In the example we added an extra share Qdownload MediaSsServer TwonkyMedia Conk C i naw content diretor Dinettories where he pome ghal gran for content Each deectory can be i all Cor end ype Shane Can be femporanty digahied by unchecking The direcion Troubleshooting Flea ts ith mintea 1 I Fag Thig ppan pecthes Pie meran behwegr of ihe gener get io 0 sutorneh c fescand ate Geiabled A popi value ee behvreen poiana Of conbeni arecionied in Mihuled 1 enghies Pe gera bo welch Comet deecores sulomatc ary os Soo Tine the Peed for rede are BH ghb raaereed 511 For ease of browsing if you have a large amount of media contents you can configure the navigation tree for your photos videos and music You can sort your media contents on the TV easily Media aServer Wank vedia Cont Picha mode 1 Pictae pode Z Coote Pichia e mode Felder Picton tide de An indhidual pichre rantgaton ree wih up io nodes may be specified Rimigaton ree and the node type hiwe to be specitied N rigation Thee Setup Custom w Thave is fhe choice of selectng diferent pre configured navagabon frees of defining a customized kee Sruti When you have completed the configuration make sure you have clicked the button Save Changes to save the settings You can now move the MP3 images and videos to the Qmultimedi
264. ons To allow all users to use the printer select No limit Click Apply to save the settings Note This feature only works for printing service configured via IPP and Bonjour but not Samba Enter the IF addresses or domain names which are allowed or denied to use the printer serice D Access Right No limit m JTNESHENITENENTENENEEEEEENENEEENEEEENEEE EE LELILLLII M penn Pci eer ee I re Deny printin 415 Pause resume or delete printer jobs You can pause or cancel ongoing or pending jobs resume paused jobs or delete completed or pending jobs completed 30 Now2010 15 58 12 38 p CHEA ME ST Note Do NOT restart the NAS or update the system firmware when printing is in process or there are queued jobs Otherwise all the queued jobs will be cancelled and removed 416 9 2 1 Windows 7 Vista Users The following description applies to Windows 7 Follow the steps below to set up your printer connection 1 Go to Devices and Printers Documents Pictures Sg Snipping Tool Music op Paint Games a Remote Desktop Connection Computes j A Magnifier q Control Panel a j Solitaire Devices and Prnters Default Programs Help and Support All Programs Windows Securnty B Lego elt 417 2 Click Add a printer WICLEAN PC 4 Printers and Faxes 2 Microsoft XPS Document Writer 3 What type of printer do you want to install Ad
265. oot H test Details No Selection Name G2 2010 05 05 22 00 07 22 01 09 avi 2010 05 05 22 01 09 22 02 10 avi 2010 05 05 22 02 10 22 03 11 avi 2010 05 05 22 03 11 22 04 00 avi E 2010 05 05 22 04 00 22 05 02 avi E 2010 05 05 22 05 02 22 06 03 avi 2010 05 05 22 06 03 22 07 05 avi 2010 05 05 22 07 05 22 08 06 avi _ 2010 05 05 22 08 06 22 09 07 avi 2010 05 05 22 09 07 22 10 08 avi 2010 05 05 22 10 08 22 11 11 avi 2010 05 05 22 11 11 22 12 00 avi 2010 05 05 22 1 2 00 22 13 01 avi j4 4 Page 1of2 gt bi OOE 00 Size 1 96 MB 2010 05 05 22 00 07 22 01 09 4V1 1 36 MB 2 MB 2 MB 1 56 MB 1 92 MB 1 94 MB 1 9 MB 1 93 MB 1 89 MB 1 86 MB 1 9 MB 1 49 MB 1 83 MB 4 Type Folder ANI File AWI File AWI File ANI File AVI File AN File AN File ANI File AWI File AWI File AWI File AWI File AWI File ANI File Modified Time E 2010 05 17 19 04 46 2010 05 7 15 27 12 2010 05 05 22 01 09 2010 05 05 22 02 11 2010 05 05 22 03 12 2010 05 05 22 04 01 2010 05 05 22 05 02 2010 05 05 22 06 03 2010 05 05 22 07 05 2010 05 05 22 08 07 2010 05 05 22 09 08 2010 05 05 22 10 09 2010 05 05 22 11 11 2010 05 05 22 12 00 2010 05 05 22 13 02 Permission TTT Crvexryyxryyx 644 rvv r r B66 rvv ryy ryy B66 rvv ryy ryy 666 rw rw rw 666 rvv ryy rvy 666 rvv ryy ryy B66 ryvv ryy ryy 666 rvv ryy ryy 666 rvv ryy rvy 666 ryvv ryy ryy 666 r
266. or Backup TMBackup oon NASAABBDE Set Up Time Capsule 406 3 Enter the user name and password to login the QNAP NAS Then click Connect Registered user name TimeMachine Password The password you have configured on the NAS It is empty by default Enter your name and password for the server NASAABB18 so that Time Machine can access it Connect as Guest Registered User Name TimeMachine 4 Upon successful connection the Time Machine is switched ON The available space for backup is shown and the backup will start in 120 seconds i 600 Time Machine Name TMBackup NASAABB18 Available 168 09 GB of 311 9 GB Oldest Backup Mota Latest Backup Options Next Backup 103 seconds x Time Machine Time Machine keeps Hourly backups for the past 24 hours Daily backups for the past month Weekly backups for all previous months m The oldest backups are deleted when your disk becomes full W Show Time Machine status in the menu bar i wl Click the lock to prevent further changes The first time backup may take more time according to the data size on Mac To recover the data to the Mac OS see the tutorial on http www apple com 407 Manage Backup You can manage the existing backup on this page Manage Backup Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Drive 123 z E JW MacBook Pro sparsebundle 37 GB 20100517 20 58 16
267. or example name model and IP address i Surveillance Station Home Settings Live View 1 Camera 2 Camera 2 Camera Number 1 Camera 1 Camera Model Axis 205 Camera Name Camera 1 IP Address O Port WAN IP for monitoring from public network If your IP camera is installed behind NAT router you may input the public IP address or URL and the corresponding forwarded port of the router O Port User Name Password Note All the camera configuration will not take effect until you click the Apply button 357 Click Test on the right to ensure the connection to the IP camera is successful If your IP camera supports audio recording you may enable the option on the Recording Settings page Click Apply to save the changes Camera Number 2 Camera 2 Video Compression Motion JPEG Resolution Frame Rate Quality Enable audio recording on this camera Estimated Storage Space for Recording 6760 GB Apply Configure the settings of IP camera 2 following the above steps 358 After you have added the network cameras to the NAS go to the Live View page The first time you connect to this page by the IE browser you have to install the ActiveX control in order to view the images of IP camera 1 and IP camera 2 You can start to use the monitoring and recording functions of the Surveillance Stati
268. ork in which you can connect to any wireless devices without the need for an access point Quick Configuration Wizard oye ONAP Connect to a Wi Fi network TURBO NAS wantto connect to a VWi Fi network lwantto connect to awi Fi ad hoc network CANCEL 49 Enter the network name SSID of the wireless network and select the security type e No authentication Open No security key required e WEP Enter up to 4 WEP keys and choose 1 key to be used for authentication e WPA Personal Choose either the AES or TKIP encryption type and enter the encryption key e WPA2 Personal Enter a security key Note The WEP key must be exactly 5 or 13 ASCII characters or exactly 10 or 26 hexadecimal characters 0 9 and A F If you have trouble connecting to an encrypted wireless network check your wireless router AP settings and change the transfer rate from N only mode to B G N mixed or similar settings Users of Windows 7 with WPA2 encryption cannot establish ad hoc connection with the NAS Please change to use WEP encryption on Windows 7 You must use a fixed IP address for the wireless interface in order to establish an ad hoc connection Quick Configuration Wizard ai ONAP Wi Fi Network Property TURBO NAS Network name i ee Security type No authentication Open No authentication y Ope f L Connect autarnatically WEP WPA Personal WWPA Personial CANCEL 50 Click FINI
269. ort range 55536 56559 To use the FTP service of the NAS enable this function Open an IE browser and enter ftp NAS IP Enter the user name and the password to login the FTP service Protocol Type Select to use standard FTP connection or SSL TLS encrypted FTP Select the correct protocol type in your client FTP software to ensure successful connection 230 Unicode Support Turn on or off the Unicode support The default setting is No If your FTP client does not support Unicode you are recommended to turn off this option and select the language you specify in General Settings gt Language so that the file and folder names can be correctly shown If your FTP client Supports Unicode enable Unicode support for both your client and the NAS Anonymous Login You can turn on this option to allow anonymous access to the NAS by FTP The users can connect to the files and folders which are open for public access If this option is turned off the users must enter an authorized user name and password to connect to the server Passive FTP Port Range You can use the default port range 55536 56559 or specify a port range larger than 1023 When using this function make sure you have opened the ports on your router or firewall FTP Transfer Limitation Specify the maximum number of FTP connections maximum connections of a single user account and the maximum upload download rates of a single connection Respond with external
270. ource folder will be replicated to the target folder according to the pre defined schedule If the backup destination is a NAS you must first enable RTRR server Application Servers gt Backup Server gt RTRR Server or FTP service Network Services gt FTP Service on the remote NAS The NAS supports maximum 64 replication jobs Each job supports maximum 5 folder pairs To create a real time or scheduled remote replication click Create New Replication Job RSYNC RTRR Current Jobs RTRR Real time Remote Replication allows one way data replication between two serwersilocations including FTP server in real time or according to the specified schedule You must enable ERTER or FTF server on the remote server in order to use this function o Options Create New Replication Job a 382 When the wizard shows up click NEXT Quick Configuration Wizard ONAA Synchronization Job Wizard TURBO NAS This wizard helps you create a sync job through the following steps 1 Connectto a remote host 2 Create folder pairs for sync operations 3 Configure real time or scheduled sync options Click Next to start Sten 1 of 11 NEXT CANCEL 383 Select the sync locations Make sure the destination device has been formatted and share folders have been created The NAS supports e Synchronize data from a local folder to a remote folder NAS or FTP server e Synchronize data fr
271. overall performance For more information please click here Active Backup Fail Over Active Backup Fail Over Balance XOR Broadcast IEEE 802 3ad Balance tlh Adaptive Transmit Load Balancing Balance alb Adaptive Load Balancing 3 Click Apply 40 4 The Ethernet interfaces will be combined as Ethernet 1 2 Click the Edit button to edit the network settings Network TCP IP WI FI DDNS IP 6 IP Address Interface VLAN VirtualL AN DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC Address Speed MTU Link Edit Ethernet 1 2 Yes 10 8 1272 255 255 254 0 10 8 121 00 08 98 0307 D6 1000Mbps 1500 5 After applying the settings make sure the network cables of the two Ethernet interfaces are connected to the correct switch and the switch has been configured to support the port trunking mode selected on the NAS 41 Refer to the table below about the port trunking options available on the NAS Balance rr Round Robin mode is good for general purpose load Supports static Round Robin balancing between two Ethernet interfaces This mode trunking Make sure transmits packets in sequential order from the first static trunking is available slave through the last Balance rr provides load enabled on the switch balancing and fault tolerance Active Backup Active Backup uses only one Ethernet interface It General switches switches to the second Ethernet interface if the first Ethernet interface doe
272. owing measures e Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna e Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio television technician for help The changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Shielded interface cables if any must be used in order to comply with the emission limits C CE NOTICE Class B only 1 2 Symbols in this document A Warning 8 Caution i Important This icon indicates the instructions must be strictly followed Failure to do so could result in injury to human body or death This icon indicates the action may lead to disk clearance or loss OR failure to follow the instructions could result in data damage disk damage or product damage This icon indicates the information provided is important or related to legal regulations 1 3 Safety Information and Precautions 1 The NAS can operate normally in the temperature of O C 40 C and relative humidity of 0 95 Please make sure the environment is well ventilated 2 The power cord and devices connected to the NAS must provide correct supply voltage 100W 90 264V 3 Do not place the NAS in direct sunlight or near chemicals Make sure the temperature and humidity of t
273. picuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee 5 Conveying Modified Source Versions You may convey a work based on the Program or the modifications to produce it from the Program in the form of source code under the terms of section 4 provided that you also meet all of these conditions a The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified it and giving a relevant date b The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7 This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to keep intact all notices c You must license the entire work as a whole under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy This License will therefore apply along with any applicable section 7 additional terms to the whole of the work and all its parts regardless of how they are packaged This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it d If t
274. quire General switches Adaptive any special switch The outgoing traffic is distributed Transmit Load according to the current load on each Ethernet interface Balancing computed relative to the speed Incoming traffic is received by the current Ethernet interface If the receiving Ethernet interface fails the other slave takes over the MAC address of the failed receiving slave Balance tlb mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance 42 Balance alb Adaptive Load Balancing Balance alb is similar to balance tlb but also attempts to General switches redistribute incoming receive load balancing for IPV4 traffic This setup does not require any special switch Support or configuration The receive load balancing is achieved by ARP negotiation sent by the local system on their way out and overwrites the source hardware address with the unique hardware address of one of the Ethernet interfaces in the bond such that different peers use different hardware address for the server This mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance 43 iv DNS Server Primary DNS Server Enter the IP address of the primary DNS server Secondary DNS Server Enter the IP address of the secondary DNS server Note e Please contact your ISP or network administrator for the IP address of the primary and the secondary DNS servers When the NAS plays the role as a terminal and needs to perform independent connection for exampl
275. r or IT administrator Turn off the source NAS and unplug the hard drives 2 Remove the hard drives from the old trays and install them to the hard drive trays of the new NAS 3 Plug the hard drives to the destination NAS new model Make sure the hard drives are installed in the original order 4 Follow the instructions of the Quick Installation Guide QIG to connect the power supply and network cable s of the new NAS 5 Turn on the new NAS Login the web administration interface as an administrator default login admin password admin 6 If you are informed to update the firmware of the new NAS follow the instructions to download and install the firmware 7 Click Start Migrating The NAS will restart after system migration All the data and settings will be retained Some system settings will be removed after system migration due to different system design You may need to configure the following settings again on the new NAS e Windows AD e Some QPKGs need to be resintalled e g XDove 30 3 System Administration You can configure general system settings network settings and hardware settings update the firmware and more in this section General Settings BA Network 36 Hardwarel 56 Security 60 Notification 63 Power Managementl 66 Network Recycle Binf6 Backup Restore Settings 6 System Logs 70 Firmware Updatel744 Restore to Factory DefaultI78 31 3 1 General Settings System Admi
276. rd drives fail in a RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration the disk data can still be read Hardware self test error The NAS is in degraded mode one member hard Flashes red every 0 5 drive fails in RAID 1 RAID 5 or RAID 6 sec configuration 1 The NAS is starting up Flashes green every 0 5 2 The NAS is not configured sec 3 The hard disk drive is not formatted All the hard disk drives on the NAS are in standby 17 ee The disk data is being accessed and a read write Orange N Orange error occurs during the process Flashes orange The NAS is connected to the network Flashes red The NAS is being accessed from the network Red U A hard drive read write error occurs HDD Green Flashes green The disk data is being accessed The hard drive can be accessed 1 A USB device connected to front USB port is being detected 2 A USB device connected to front USB port is Flashes blue every 0 5 being removed from the NAS sec The USB device connected to the front USB port is being accessed The data is being copied to or from the USB external USB or eSATA device A front USB device is detected after the device is mounted Blue The NAS has finished copying the data to or from the USB device connected to the front USB port No USB device can be detected The eSATA device is being accessed eSATA Orange No eSATA device can be detected TS 210 TS 212 TS 219 TS 439U SP RP TS 809 Pro TS 809U RP do not support eSATA port
277. re Click Apply to confirm and continue the setup for the NAS systems which operate in network slave mode below Network slave mode A network UPS slave communicates with network UPS master to receive the UPS status To set up your NAS with UPS as network slave mode follow the steps below Make sure the NAS is connected to the same physical network as the network UPS master Select the option Enable UPS Support Choose between whether the NAS will shut down or enter auto protection mode after AC power fails Specify the time in minutes that the NAS should wait before executing the option you have selected After the NAS enters auto protection mode the NAS resumes the previous operation status when the power restores Select USB slave mode from the Protocol drop down menu Enter the IP address of the network UPS master Click Apply to confirm Note To allow your UPS device to send SNMP alerts to the QNAP NAS in case of power loss you may have to enter the IP address of the NAS in the configuration page of the UPS device 447 Behaviour of the UPS feature of the NAS In case of power loss and power recovery the events will be logged in the System Event Logs During a power loss the NAS will wait for the specified time you enter in the UPS Settings before powering off or entering auto protection mode If the power restores before the end of the waiting time the NAS will remain in op
278. re inside them although the manufacturer can do so This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users freedom to change the software The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use which is precisely where it is most unacceptable Therefore we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products If such problems arise substantially in other domains we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future 536 versions of the GPL as needed to protect the freedom of users Finally every program is threatened constantly by software patents States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general purpose computers but in those that do we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it effectively proprietary To prevent this the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non free The precise terms and conditions for copying distribution and modification follow TERMS AND CONDITIONS 0 Definitions This License refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License Copyright also means copyright like laws that apply to other kinds of works such as semiconductor masks The Program refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License Each licensee is addressed as you Licensees and recipients may be individuals or org
279. rk in a country would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid If pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement you convey or propagate by procuring conveyance of a covered work and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use propagate modify or convey a specific copy of the covered work then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it A patent license is discriminatory if it does not include within the scope of its coverage prohibits the exercise of or is conditioned on the non exercise of one or more of the rights that are specifically granted under this License You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work and under which the third party grants to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you a discriminatory patent license a in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you or copies made from those copies or b primarily for and in connection with specific products or compilations that contain the covered work unless you entered into that arrangement or that patent license was granted prior
280. rmat that is publicly documented and with an implementation available to the public in source code form and must require no special password or key for unpacking reading or copying 7 Additional Terms Additional permissions are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License to the extent that they are valid under applicable law If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program that part may be used separately under those permissions but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions When you convey a copy of a covered work you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy or from any part of it Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work You may place additional permissions on material added by you to a covered work for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission Notwithstanding any other provision of this License for material you add to a covered work you may if authorized by the copyright holders of that material supplement the terms of this License with terms a Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License or
281. rms to a covered work in accord with this section you must place in the relevant source files a statement of the additional terms that apply to those files or a notice indicating where to find the applicable terms 541 Additional terms permissive or non permissive may be stated in the form of a separately written license or stated as exceptions the above requirements apply either way 8 Termination You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void and will automatically terminate your rights under this License including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11 However if you cease all violation of this License then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated a provisionally unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally terminates your license and b permanently if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation Moreover your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the violation by some reasonable means this is the first time you have received notice of violation of this License for any work from that copyright holder and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice Termination of your right
282. rned against illegal downloading of copyrighted materials The fi Download Station functionality is provided for downloading authorized files only Downloading or distribution of unauthorized materials may result in severe civil and criminal penalty Users are subject to the restrictions of the copyright laws and should accept all the consequences Note By updating the NAS firmware from version 3 3 x or below to version 3 4 0 or above Download Station will be upgraded from v1 to v2 All the tasks in Run Pause and Finish lists will be stopped and cleared The downloaded files will remain e Download Station v2 is only compatible with QGet 2 0 or later 1 Go to Application Servers gt Download Station Enable the service Home gt gt Application Servers gt gt Download Station Welcome admin Logout English Download Station i Download Station Enable Download Station Show service link on the login page 336 2 Click Download Station on the top or on the login page of the NAS to connect to the Download Station If you login the service from the login page of the NAS you are required to enter the user name and password merr ORG QUE Pe BitTorrent a EE a ann 4 Aspa i 15 y s 5 a H A 5 Before you start to download files click ki to configure the download settings 8ee0celve Mame Status 337 Global Settings Select continuous download or specify the
283. rotocol or you have not enabled the UPnP function on the router 460 Select the NAS services to be allowed for remote access Click Apply to router The NAS will configure the port forwarding on the UPnP router automatically You will then be able to access these NAS services from the Internet Forwarded Services APPLY TO ROUTER Enabled Service Name Protocol Web Administration includes Web File Manager Download Station Surveillance Station k Secure Web Administration FTP FTPS with SSUTLS Server Telnet Server SoHISFTP Serer Web Servenmultimedia Station Secure Web Serer d Remote Replication Note If your router does not support UPnP function you need to configure port forwarding manually on your router Please refer to the links below e Application note http www qnap com pro_application asp ap_id 111 e FAQ http www qgnap com faqg asp e UPnP router compatibility list http www gqnap com pro_compatibility asp 461 11 System Status System Information 6A System Service M6 Resource Monitor M6A 11 1 System Information You can view the system information such as CPU usage and memory on this page Home gt System Status gt gt System Information Welcome admin Logout Englisk System Tnformation Server Name PM 554 Firmware Version 3 4 0 Build 12147 System Up Time 1 Day 1 Hour 0 Minute s Serial Number 102100826 Port Status Port Status IP Address MAC Addre
284. rr rrerr rrr rrr rrerr rrr rrr tres Step 1 of T CANCEL Enter the IP address port number user name and password to login the remote server The default port number is 873 Note that the login user name must have read write access to the remote server and sufficient quota limit on the server Click TEST to verify the connection Then click NEXT Remote Replication Ea ONAP Remote Destination TURBO NAS Name or IP address of the remote server 172 17 20 77 CEELEELLLEEEELCELELELLELLLLLELLELLELEEEELLLELELLEE Port Number re User Name 1 oun Password s s Remote Host Testing Step 2 of f CANCEL 376 Specify the destination folder where the data will be replicated to Remote Replication ONAP Remote Destination TURBO NAS ed ShareFolder Directory Remain Capacity O Mb Sten 3 of 7 BACK NEXT CANCEL Specify the local folder where the data will be replicated from Remote Replication No ONAP Local Source Local Path ae e g ShareFolder Directory FIAME BACK Ea CANCEL 377 Select to replicate the data immediately or specify the backup schedule Remote Replication ONAP Replication Schedule TURBO NAS Select schedule O Replicate Now O Daily Weekly Monday Y Monthly 01 yv Time 00 e 00 otep 5 of f FOTA Specify other options for the remote replication job e Enable encryption Select this option to execute encrypted remote r
285. rts configured for the previous network printer if any 5 Restart your PC 6 Open Printers and Faxes 7 Click Add a printer and click Next 8 Select Local printer attached to this computer Click Next 9 Click Create a new port and select Local Port from the drop down menu Click Next 10 Enter the port name The format is NAS IP NAS namepr for example NAS IP 192 168 1 1 NAS name myNAS the link is 192 168 1 1 myNASpr 11 Install the printer driver 12 Print a test page 425 9 2 3 Mac OS 10 6 If you are using Mac OS 10 6 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS 1 First make sure the Bonjour printer support is enabled on the NAS in External Device gt USB Printer You may change the Service Name to better represent the printer Home gt gt External Device gt gt USB Printer Welcome admin Logout Eng USB Printer Stop printer sharing and clear print spool Manufacturer Hewlett Packard ae Model HF LaserJet 2200 Status Ready Clean up spool space of printer CLEAN NOW 2 On your Mac go to System Preferences and then click Print amp Fax apo E System Preferences KJ 3 Appearance Desktop amp Dock Expos amp Language amp Security Spotlight Screen Saver Spaces Text Hardware gt M FF J CDs amp DVDs Displays Energy Keyboard Mouse Print amp Fax Sound Saver 426
286. rvices the web based NAS services are shown You can select to publish the services on MyCloudNAS com Note that if you publish a NAS service which is disabled the service will not be accessible even the corresponding is shown on MyCloudNAS com Configure MyCloudNAS CONFIGURE MYCLOUDNAS PUBLISH SERVICES Publish Services You can publish WAS services to MyCloudNaAS website htto www mrycloudnas com NAS Services Enable Publish Web Administration Enabled Web File Manager Enabled Web Sener Enabled Multiriedia Station Enabled secure Web Administration Enabled E secure Web File Manager Enabled d Secure Web Server Enabled LI secure Multimedia Station Enabled LI Recent Update Result Current WyCloudWAs Mame httitestmycloudnas cam Current WAN IP 219 85 63 15 Last Check Time 201011730 16 23 22 Mest Check Time 2010 11 30 1 23 22 Last Update Time 2010711730 16 23 22 Sener Response hyCIOUdNAS name and WAN IF updated successfull 458 10 3 Auto Router Configuration In MyCloudNAS Service gt Auto Router Configuration you can enable or disable UPnP port forwarding When this option is enabled your NAS is accessible from the Internet via the UPnP router Click Rescan to detect the router if no UPnP router is found on the local network To view the router information click view details Note If there is more than one router on the network only the one which is set as the default
287. s function or the torrent file is not a video Episode number Select this option to specify particular episodes or a serial of episodes of a drama work For example to download episodes 1 26 of season 1 of a TV program enter 1x1 26 To download only episode 1 of season 1 enter 1x1 Select the time interval for automatic update of the RSS feeds The NAS will update the RSS feeds and check if any new contents that match the filters are available Click Save to save the filter or Close to cancel or exit To delete a filter select the filter from the list and click Delete IE Hame Last check Date Filter Settings Fitter 3010 41 30 07 25 40 423 3010 11 30 12 26 31 Mame HO Keyword H Doesn t contain low res Feed bio htp Awww biotorrents netrss php Ouality All w Episode Number ex 1x12 14 1x1 26 Check update every 1 day rege ata bene emea nee yea pea a ere A ed eed fev gai Ey es Bes era pears Spangas weekoverzicht High Quality 10 13 10 Save Clase You can view the status of all BT download tasks by clicking BitTorrent on the left column Download Station hs Welcome admin Logout English mmr ORO OU LY PTY BitTorrent menn Mame Statu Size Dow Uploe Seed Peer Progr Shar Start Tit ETA SS Download Tasks Linux Action Show Season 013 Yati 263 OB OBe 0 0 0 0 00 2010 41 99 9 HRY RSS All E PhylOTU_ GaS VWWiSS_OTUs an list_yvBETA txt Wait 5
288. s please click here GUICK CONFIGURATION WIZARD GIUICK Configuration Vizard will help you join the WAS to an Active Directory domain Server Description Optional FP A Domain NetBIOS Name TR E Eeee AD Server Name IN E ET E Domain MERE E ER Organization Unit Optional z T l p Domain Administrator Username administrator a Domain Administrator Password eeseeeee Note e Enter a fully qualified AD domain name for example qnap test com e The AD user entered here must have the administrator access right to the AD domain e WINS Support If you are using a WINS server on your network and your workstation is configured to use that WINS server for name resolution you must set up your WINS server IP on the NAS use the specified WINS server 211 Join QNAP NAS to Active Directory AD by Quick Configuration Wizard The NAS provides Quick Configuration Wizard for you to join the NAS to an AD domain Select AD Domain Member and click QUICK CONFIGURATION WIZARD Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Microsoft Networking Welcome admin Logout Englist Microsoft Networking E MICROSOFT NETWORKING ADVANCED OPTIONS Microsoft Networking Enable file service for Microsoft networking Standalone Server Seter Description Optional Domain Wethlos Mame AD Serer Name AD Domain Organization Unit Optional ear PSE EE re ETT Domain Administrator Username Domain Administr
289. s Right No limit i Allowed IP Address or DEALG Read only Deny access Mote Plaase make sure the format you enter is correct An incorrect format can lead to access error Sten 1 off APPLY CANCEL 228 Connect to the NAS by NFS On Linux run the following command mount t nfs lt NAS IP gt lt Network Share Name gt lt Directory to Mount gt For example if the IP address of your NAS is 192 168 0 1 and you want to link the network share folder public under the mnt pub directory use the following command mount t nfs 192 168 0 1 public mnt pub Note You must login as the root user to initiate the above command Login as the user ID you define you can use the mounted directory to connect to your shared files 229 6 4 FTP Service When you turn on FTP service you can specify the port number and the maximum number of users that are allowed to connect to the NAS by FTP at the same time FTP Service General Enable FTP Servite Protocol Type FTP standard LI FTE with SSLTLS Explicit Port Number Unicode Support Enable Anonymous O Yes No Hote lf your FTF client does not support Unicode please select Mo for Unicode Support and select a supported filename encoding from Filename Encoding under General Settings so thatthe folders and files on FTP can be properly shown Connection Maximum Mumber of all FTP connections Advanced Passive FTP Port Range Use the default H
290. s folder files and subfolders For detailed instructions please click here 194 Microsoft Networking Host Access Control The NAS folders can be accessed via Samba connection Windows by default You can specify the IP addresses and hosts which are allowed to access the NAS via Microsoft Networking Click to edit the host access control of a folder Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADYANCED OPTIONS oS T New Share Folder Restore Default Network Shares O Dept 40 KB g 0 No BEGG G amp S Download 400 2 MB 7 8 Mo eames Multimedia 12 94 GB 65 575 No GEG Ges Network Recycle Bin 1 28 KB 4 20 Mo GE Ge Public 26 55 GB 319 1650 No GE Recordings 68 KB 19 2 Na BEG GES A wizard will be shown Enter the allowed IP addresses and host names For example IP address 192 168 12 12 192 166 27 Host name dnsname domain local x domain local 195 Microsoft Networking Host Access Control ONAP Host Access Control TURBO NAS Enter the hosts or IP addresses which are allowed to connectto this shared folder Dept Note Users wil stil need access permissions to access the shared folder Allowed IP Address or Domain Name lt lt Examples 192 168 domain local format can lead to access error lf no entry is entered all hosts access will be allowed CANCEL Wildcard characters You can enter wildcard characters in an IP address or host na
291. s not work properly Only one interface in the bond is active The bond s MAC address is only visible externally on one port network adapter to avoid confusing the switch Active Backup mode provides fault tolerance Balance XOR Balance XOR balances traffic by splitting up outgoing Supports static packets between the Ethernet interfaces using the same trunking Make sure one for each specific destination when possible It static trunking is transmits based on the selected transmit hash policy enabled on the switch The default policy is a simple slave count operating on Layer 2 where the source MAC address is coupled with destination MAC address Alternate transmit policies maybe selected via the xmit_hash_policy option Balance XOR mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance Broadcast Broadcast sends traffic on both network interfaces This Supports static mode provides fault tolerance trunking Make sure Static trunking is enabled on the switch IEEE 802 3ad Dynamic Link Aggregation uses a complex algorithm to Supports 802 3ad Dynamic Link aggregate adapters by speed and duplex settings It LACP Aggregation utilizes all slaves in the active aggregator according to the 802 3ad specification Dynamic Link Aggregation mode provides load balancing and fault tolerance but requires a switch that supports IEEE 802 3ad with LACP mode properly configured Balance tlb Balance tlb uses channel bonding that does not re
292. s under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10 9 Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer to peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance However nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License Therefore by modifying or propagating a covered work you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so 10 Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients Each time you convey a covered work the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors to run modify and propagate that work subject to this License You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License An entity transaction is a transaction transferring control of an organization or substantially all assets of one or subdividing an organization or merging organizations If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction each party to that transaction who receives a copy
293. sages When the NAS encounters system error an error message will be shown on the LCD panel Press the Enter button to view the message Press the Enter button again to view the next message speede fetetefetetey ye EERE eee Network Lost Both LAN 1 and LAN 2 are disconnected in Failover or Load balancing mode LAN1 Lost LAN 1 is disconnected Voli Nonactivate The volume is not activated 474 13 NetBak Replicator NetBak Replicator is a powerful program installed in the user s system Windows OS only for data backup You can back up any files or folders on the local PC to the share folders on the NAS over LAN or WAN Main Functions 1 Backup Instant Backup Select the files and folders on the local PC and back up the files to the network share folders on the NAS immediately File Filter Select particular file types to be excluded from backup The NAS will filter all the specified file types when backing up the data Schedule Specify a schedule for backing up the data for example 12 00 every day or 05 00 every Saturday Monitor When this option is enabled the system will upload all the files or folders to the server instantly for backup when the files or folders are modified 2 Restore Select this option to restore the backup data to the original location of the file or to a new directory 3 Log Enable this option to record the events of NetBak Replicator such as the time when NetB
294. se to select the files and click File Upload Manage Album Mote The files of the same name as the files in the destination folder will be skipped File Copy File Upload Current Path Homesphotos amp music Song of Solomon _O1 mp3 amp photos G video File Copy You can click B to browse the multimedia contents in details and click the icons to open rename delete or download the files or folders Home music rer 1 jeu a 5i ort mme aw H Z K Name Date Type Size album 2010 0511 Folder various artists 201 0 051 7 Folder 2 Call Upon mps 2009 11125 audio 296 Set album cover 12616 1920 1 127650 1600 1 L272 1600 212 12 61 52 pres flowers jpg Snowdrops jpg 297 Select the image file and click Save Set Album Cover Save Cancel 298 Slide Show Click Go to view multiple image files in slide show Select the playback speed 3s 6s 9s 15s and the Slide show effect for full screen display from the drop down menu You can also select the photo frame for displaying the image file To view the image files in 3 dimensional 3D display click Ba a 3s 6s 9s 2s mE q FadeZoom v No Frame Copyright 2010 QNAP Systems Inc All Rights Reserved 299 Publish image files You can publish the image files on Multimedia Station to social networking sites such as Facebook and Twitter Click Home photos A G
295. source folder Remote destination folder Recordings gt Gdownload otep 5 of 1 1 BACK er CANCEL 388 Choose between real time and scheduled synchronization Real time synchronization copies files that are new changed and renamed from the source folder to the target folder as soon as the changes are made after the first time backup Scheduled synchronization copies files from the source folder to the target folder according to the pre configured schedule The options are e Replicate Now Replicate data immediately e Periodically Enter the time interval in hour and minute that the backup should be executed The minimum time interval is 5 minutes e Hourly Specify the minute when an hourly backup should be executed e g enter 01 to execute backup each first minute of every hour 1 01 2 01 3 01 e Daily Specify the time when a daily backup should be executed e g 02 02 every day e Weekly Select a day of the week and the time when a weekly backup should be executed e Monthly Select a day of the month and the time when a monthly backup should be executed Quick Configuration Wizard sa CNA ee Replication Options ated Realtime Real time synchronization copies files that are new changed and renamed trom the source folder to the target folder as soon as the changes are made O Schedule Scheduled synchronization copies files that are new changed and renamed trom the source folder to the target f
296. specific Features of the printer Makes Heidelberg Hitachi HP IBM Imagen Imagistics InfoPrint Infotec Kodak 442 Back cancel Forward 7 Choose the correct printer model and driver Depending on the printer some additional printer options may be available in the next step Choose Driver Models Drivers LaserJet 2100xi HP LaserJet 2200 Postscript en recommended LaserJet 2200 HP LaserJet 2200 pcl3 hpcups 3 10 6 en LaserJet 2200d HP LaserJet 2200 Series hpcups 3 10 6 en LaserJet 2200dn HP LaserJet 2200 hpijs pcl3 3 10 6 en Laserjet 2200dse HP LaserJet 2200 Series hpijs 3 10 6 en LaserJet 2200dt HP LaserJet 2200 CUPS Gutenprint v5 2 6 Simpli LaserJet 2200dtn HP LaserJet 2200 CUPS Gutenprint v5 2 6 en LaserJet 2300 HP LaserJet 2200 Foomatic Postscript en LaserJet 2300 HP LaserJet 2200 Foomatic j4dith en LaserJet 2300dn HP LaserJet 2200 Foomatic jSqray en LaserJet 2300dtn HP LaserJet 2200 Foomatic jet4 en LaserJet 23001 HP LaserJet 2200 Foomatic pxlmono en LaserJet 2300n Laserlet 2410 LaserJet 2420 LaserJet 2420d LaserJet 2420dn AS Back Cancel Forward 1 8 You can rename this printer or enter additional information Click Apply to exit and finish New Printer Describe Printer Printer Name Short name for this printer such as laserjet HP Laserlet 2200 Description optional Human readable description such as HP LaserJet with Duplexer NASP
297. ss Packets Packets Error Recenved Sent Packets Ethernet 1 10 585 12 111 00 08 9b c3e r dE 3084118 12997146 Ethernet 2 Down 0 0 0 0 00 08 93 fd 0 0 Hardware Information CPU Usage 47 Total Memory 9985 2 MB Free Memory 624 6 MB CPU Temperature 39 CN 02 F System Temperature 42 Cn Orr HDD 1 Temperature 43 C 09 F HOD Temperature 43 C O9 F HOD 3 Temperature 47 C 08 F HOD 4 Temperature F HDD 5 Temperature F System Fan Speed 541 RPM 462 11 2 System Service You can view the current network settings and status of the NAS in this section system Service System Service Microsoft Networking Multimedia Station Enabled 3 Enable Multimedia Station Server Type Standalone Server Enable iTunes Service P Workgroup MAS Enable UPnP Media Server Enable WINS server oO Download Station Enable Local Waster Browser Enabled Apple Networking Web Server Enabled Enabled Apple zone Name Unix Linus HFS register_globals 3 Enabled DDNS Serice Web File Manager Enabled Enabled hySOL Server FIP Service Enabled Enabled Enable TEMP Networking 3 Surveillance Station Maximum Connections 30 Enabled System Pon Management 463 11 3 Resource Monitor You can view the CPU usage disk usage and bandwidth transfer statistics of the NAS on this page CPU Usage This tab shows the CPU usage of the NAS Home gt gt System Status gt gt Resource Monitor Resource Monitor a ii CPU USAGE
298. ster O0 E0 40 77 11 A6 Vio stor PSS SS O0 06 9R AC 97 1D 532 18 2 System Temperature Protection The NAS shuts down automatically for hardware protection when any of the following criteria is met e The system temperature exceeds 70 C 158 F The CPU temperature exceeds 85 C 185 F The hard drive temperature exceeds 65 C 149 F Note that when the temperature of any hard drives on the NAS exceeds 65 C 149 F the NAS waits for the standby time configured in System Administration gt Hardware and another 10 minutes and will shut down automatically For example if you have configured the NAS to enter the standby mode after idling for 5 minutes the NAS shuts down automatically when the temperature of any hard drives exceeds 65 C 149 F continuously after 15 5 10 minutes 533 18 3 Troubleshooting Abnormal RAID Operation If the RAID configuration of your NAS is found abnormal or there are error messages please try the following solutions Note You must back up the important data on the NAS first to avoid any potential data loss 1 Check that the RAID rebuilding has failed a LED The Status LED of NAS flashes in red b On the Disk Management gt Volume Management page the status of the disk volume configuration is In degraded mode 2 Find out the hard drive that causes the RAID rebuilding failure You can go to System Administration gt System L
299. sterisk NFS access control means all connections Specify WebDAV access right to the folder WebDAV access control Enter the host names or IP addresses which are allowed to Microsoft Networking host access connect to the folder via Microsoft Networking Note thata control user still needs a correct login name and password to access the folder via Microsoft Networking mene Refresh the folder details erres 184 Folder Permissions You can configure folder permissions and subfolder permissions on the NAS To edit basic folder permissions locate a folder name in Access Right Management gt Share Folders and click 2 Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS j Iso SHARE FOLDERS Fi FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS i o Vow Shae Fad O Rese Det Netw Sues Dept 64 KB A E Download 400 23 MB g 14 Mo Multimedia 12 84 GB 65 576 No Network Recycle Bin 1 20 KB 4 F Mo Public 30 1 GB 318 1668 Mo Recordings 28 KA 14 2 Ma Usb 20 KE 4 2 Mo Web 237 31 MB 269 2164 No C ivan 4 7 MB 0 1 Mo F root 26 KB 4 2 Mo Total 20 Display 10 entries per page 4 aan Ol 185 The folder name will be shown on the left and the users with configured access rights are shown in the panel You can also specify the guest access right at the bottom of the panel Share Folders Pa For detailed instructions please iclick here 186 Click Add to select more users a
300. sword The password is unchanged Time one ShMT 08 00 Beijing Chongging Hong Kong Urumai Time Setting Set the server time the same as your computer time Network Obtain TCRIP settings automatically via DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Default Gateway Primary DNS Serer 0 0 0 0 secondary ONS Server 0 0 0 0 Network Services Microsoft Networking Web File WanagerFTP Serice Download Station Multimedia Station Web Serer Disk configuration Raid 1 Encrypt disk volume Yes File Syster EXT4 Drive 1 Seagate ST3160318AS CC44 149 05 GB Drive 2 seagate STSIBUS1TEAS CC44 149 05 GA START INSTALLATION 7 All the installed hard disk drives will be formatted and all the data will be cleared Click OK to proceed The hard drives will be formatted and all data will be cleared Are you sure 12 8 When finished click Return to system administration page or enter the NAS IP in the web browser to connect to the web administration page of the NAS Quick Configuration System is initializing please wait The system is being configured Do NOT power offthe server or unplug the hard drivets 1 Change the name for this server Bo Change the administrator password Ba Change the time settings 4 Change the network settings 5 Start the network services De Initialize the hard disk SY System configuration completed Return to system administration page 13 2 1 Browse the CD ROM The
301. t 176 To create a share folder click New Share Folder Le New Share Folder i amp Restore Default Network Shares Download 29 56 MB GEG Multimedia 19 87 GB GEG Network Recycle Bin 1 13 45 KB mae Public 5 49 GB 2 Sa Ws LN Recordings 25 45 KB oO Ush 13 45 KB Web 21 06 MB oO F root 170 08 GB Bawes Total 8 Display Click Next Create A Share Folder ONAP Create a Share Folder TURBO NAS This wizard guides you through the following settings Share Folder Settings Privilege To continue click Next To exit click Cancel step 1 off CANCEL 177 Enter the share folder settings Folder name Enter the share folder name The share folder name does not support lt gt Hide Folder Select to hide the folder or not in Microsoft Networking When a folder is hidden you have to enter the complete directory NAS_IP folder_name to access the folder Lock file oplocks Opportunistic locking is a Windows mechanism for the client to place an opportunistic lock oplock on a file residing on a server in order to cache the data locally for improved performance Oplocks is enabled by default for everyday usage For networks that require multiple users concurrently accessing the same file such as a database oplocks should be disabled Path Specify the path of the folder or select to let the NAS specify the path automatically Description Enter an optional description
302. t USB port The NAS supports instant data copy backup from the external USB device to the NAS or the other way round by the front one touch copy button To use this function follow the steps below 1 Make sure a hard drive is installed and formatted on the NAS The default network share Qusb Usb has been created Turn on the NAS Configure the behaviour of the Copy button on Backup gt USB one touch copy page Connect the USB device for example digital camera or flash to the front USB port of the NAS oY ae e Press the Copy button once The data will be copied according to your settings on the NAS Note Incremental backup is used for this feature After the first time data backup the NAS only copies the changed files since the last backup Caution Files are copied from the source to the destination Extra files on the destination will D be deleted files of the same names will be overwritten by the source Source data will remain unchanged 412 9 External Device External Storage Device M USB Printer 14 UPS Settings 4 9 1 External Storage Device The NAS supports USB disks and thumb drives for extended storage Connect the USB device to the USB port of the NAS when the device is successfully detected the details are shown on this page It may take tens of seconds for the NAS server to detect the external USB device successfully Please wait patiently You can format the external drive as FAT32 N
303. t trunking Home gt gt System Administration gt gt Network _ Welcome admin Logout Enalist Network TCP IP WI FI DONS IPY IP Address Interface VLAN VirtualLAN DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway MAC Address Speed MTU Link Edit Ethernet 1 None Mo 10 812 111 255 255 254 0 10 8121 O0 08 98 C3 C7 D6 1000Mbps 1500 Ethernet 2 Mone Yes 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0008S Ca CroOT j p Port Trunking Port Trunking provides network load balancing and fault tolerance by combining two Ethernet interfaces into one to increase the bandwidth beyond the limits of any one single interface atthe same time offers the redundancy for higher availability when both interfaces are connected to the same switch that supports Port Trunking C Enable Network Port Trunking Select the port trunking mode from below Please note thatincompatible mode settings might cause the network interface to hang or affect the overall performance For more information please click here 36 TCP IP Property Network Parameter Acvanced Options Network speed Auto negotiation ha C Obtain IP address settings automatically via DHCP Use static IP address POOP Cece masnnanonuannanunnannuans sunnnanonsannsnunannnannn ee Petree eer EETTTETELETEEETETETEELTE ETETEECETETTETEELETETETE Bessssassonnnasnnanannaua nannonnnnannnansnannnnnns CETETETEETETEEEEEECEEETE PETETETTTTEETETETETEETTTT PELELETETETETEETETEEEETET T ETETETEEEETEEEETETETETE
304. te e The destination should contain enough drive bays to house the number of hard disk drives in the disk volume of the source NAS SS x39 series supports only 2 5 inch hard disk drives A NAS with encrypted disk volume cannot be migrated to a NAS which does not support file system encryption File system encryption is not supported by TS 110 TS 119 TS 210 TS 219 TS 219P TS 410 TS 419P TS 410U TS 419U TS 119P TS 219P TS 419P TS 112 TS 212 TS 412 TS 419U TS 412U 28 Destination NAS Disk volume supported for system migration 1 bay NAS 1 drive single disk volume 2 bay NAS 4 bay NAS 5 bay NAS 6 bay NAS 8 bay NAS 1 to 2 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 1 to 4 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 4 drive RAID 5 4 drive RAID 6 4 drive RAID 10 1 to 5 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 5 drive RAID 5 4 to 5 drive RAID 6 4 drive RAID 10 1 to 6 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 6 drive RAID 5 4 to 6 drive RAID 6 4 drive or 6 drive RAID 10 1 to 8 drive single disk volume JBOD RAID O 2 drive RAID 1 3 to 8 drive RAID 5 4 to 8 drive RAID 6 4 drive 6 drive or 8 drive RAID 10 29 Follow the steps below to perform system migration Caution To avoid server damage or serious injuries the system migration procedure should be performed by an authorized server manage
305. te A Portal Folder Folder Aggregation List Create A Portal Folder f Import Export Folder Tree 201 3 Enter the portal folder name Select to hide the folder or not and enter an optional comment for the portal folder Create A Portal Folder ONAP Create A Portal Folder TURBO NAS Step 1 oft APPLY CANCEL 202 4 Click 2 Link Configuration and enter the remote folder settings Make sure the share folders are open for public access Note If there is permission control on the share folders you need to join the NAS and the remote servers to the same AD domain Folder Aggregation List amp Create A Portal Folder amp Import Export Folder Tree Shares Delete Delete Remote Folder Link Remote Folder Link Portal Folder Mame Shares Link Name Host Name Remote Share Folder 1 2 3 4 5 Fi B g Step 1 of CANCEL 203 5 Upon successful connection you can connect to the remote folders through the NAS shares on 172 17 23 107 File Edit wiew Favorites Tools Help Back Address Mame File and Folder Tasks F Media on 172 17 27 249 Public on 10 8 12 103 Other Places Details 204 Advanced Options To configure subfolder permissions on the NAS select Enable Advanced Folder Permissions and specify the permissions in Share Folders gt Folder Permissions Share Folders E Advanced Options Enable Advanced Folder Permissions
306. ter you have enabled QMobile for iPhone iPod Touch on the NAS under Network Services gt Network Service Discovery gt Bonjour Home gt gt Network Services gt gt Network Service Discovery Welcome admin Logout English Bonjour Before broadcasting the following services through Bonjour please DO NOT forgetto enable these services first Web Administration SAMBA Server Message Block over TORVIP C SSH 319 2 For Android devices This feature is only available after you have enabled Enable UPnP Service on the NAS under Network Services gt Network Service Discovery gt UPnP Discovery Service Network Service Discovery UPNP DISCOVERY SERVICE BONJOUR UPnP Discovery Service After enabling this service your MAS can be discovered by any operating systems that support UPnP Enable UPnP Service cs QMobile will find all the NAS servers which have enabled Bonjour UPnP on the local network Select the NAS and login with your user name and password iPod 4 07 CET 3 03 Cancel Mobile Mobile QONAPTony QMobile A 439 local 49 LA ed PM 439PROII QMobile Host iP A 439 local tos 439 local User Name Password alwlelri Tiy luli Jole als olFleln sikli 320 Add Server Manually TF5 27 Mobile Connect to Server No servers Add Server Automatic Discovery Add Server Manually ONAP Enter the name host IP user name and password of
307. the contents or use of this documentation and all accompanying software and specifically disclaims its quality performance merchantability or fitness for any particular purpose QNAP reserves the right to revise or update its products software or documentation without obligation to notify any individual or entity Back up your system periodically to avoid any potential data loss QNAP disclaims any responsibility of all sorts of data loss or recovery Should you return any components of the NAS package for refund or maintenance make sure they are carefully packed for shipping Any form of damages due to improper packaging will not be compensated 1 1 Regulatory Notice FCC STATEMENT This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the foll
308. the comedi operation procedure before using this function Current Disk Volume Lontiguration Total Size Bitmap Status Description The operaton s you can execute Expand capac EXPAND CAPACITY Ano HARD DRIVE MIGRATE CONFIGURE SPARE DRIVE BITMAP RECOVER For detailed instuctions phase cock here Yes Ready Click OK to proceed The NAS beeps and starts to expand the capacity RAID Management Expand capacity Silect the drive to add eee Drive 1 Hitachi HDS721010KLAS30GKAO 93 5168 Ready P Processing Drive 2 Hitachi HDS721010KLA230 GKAO 931 5168 Ready Tt Processing Drve3 Hitachi HDST21010KLA330 GKAQ 931 5168 Ready t Processing H achi HOST 210 10KLATI0 GKAQ 931 51 Ga Ready Te Processing Hitachi HDS721010KLAI30 GRA 931 51 GE Ready ce Proc si g Target Disk Volume RAID 5 Disk Volume Dene 12345 You can expand the disk volume capacity to apprommately 3725 GB EXPAND CAPACITY 88 The process may take from hours to tens of hours to finish depending on the drive size Please wait patiently for the process to finish Do NOT turn off the power of NAS Disk Model capacity Staus OB Blocks SMART 1 Hitachi HD5721010KLA330 GKAO 931 51 GB Ready sanno GOOD Drive 2 E Paal PEIDA GKAO 9315168 Ready ScANNOW GOOD Drive 3 Hitachi HO5721010KLA330 GKAQ 931 51 GB Ready _scannow cooo ee Hachi HOS72101042 A330 GKAO 9315168 Ready sca
309. the data and run system installation and configuration again Caution When plugging in or unplugging a hard drive please strictly adhere to the following L rules to avoid abnormal system operation or data damage e Plug in only one hard drive to NAS or unplug only one hard drive from NAS at one time e After plugging in or unplugging a hard drive wait for about ten seconds or longer until you hear two beeps from the NAS Then unplug or plug in the next hard drive 535 19 GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE Version 3 29 June 2007 Copyright 2007 Free Software Foundation Inc lt http fsf org gt Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document but changing it is not allowed Preamble The GNU General Public License is a free copyleft license for software and other kinds of works The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to Share and change the works By contrast the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a program to make sure it remains free software for all its users We the Free Software Foundation use the GNU General Public License for most of our software it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors You can apply it to your programs too When we speak of free software we are referring to freedom not price Our General Public Licenses ar
310. time through WebDAV A shortcut has also been created in My Network Places MyWebQAVon 1927 166 7 39 243 Windows Vista If you are using Windows Vista you might need to install the Software Update for Web Folders KB907306 This update is for 32 bit Windows OS only http www microsoft com downloads details aspx FamilyId 17c36612 632e 4c04 9382 987622ed1d64 amp displaylang en 1 Right click Computer and select Map Network Drive Disconnect Network Drive Create Shortcut Delete Rename Properties 244 2 Click Connect to a Web site that you can use to store your documents and pictures What network folder would you like to map Specify the drive letter for the connection and the folder that you want to connect to Drive X ki Folder Example server share V Reconnect at logon 245 3 Select Choose a custom network location Where do you want to create this network location Choose a custom network location saa Specify the address of a website network location or FTP site 246 4 Enter the URL of your NAS with the share folder name Format http NAS_IP_or_HOST_NAME SHARE_FOLDER_NAME Specify the location of your website Type the address of the website FTP site or network location that this shortcut will open 5 Enter
311. tings E mail address 1 myp mail com E mail adaress 2 Cel Phone ho 1 886 PETES Celi Phone No 2 886 OoOO Node You must configure M SUSC server la b able lo send SMS nowicabon properly D Congratulations It is all set up and now you may want to test if your have configure the SMS notification properly by clicking SEND A TEST SMS MESSAGE If nothing goes wrong you should be able to receive it in less than 10 seconds 507 Set the SMTP server and email alert Go to System Administration gt Notification gt Configure SMTP server and enter a valid SMTP information We will use Gmail as the SMTP service provider in this example Notification SE General Settings liad Network CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER Porthumber 587 Backup System Settings Sender yg ori com S System Logs F Enatle SMTP Authentication W Firmware Update UserName imygenaitgmal com Srem Reset CI Disk Managemen gt I Access Righi Management O Network Senices gt Applications Password sseesees i Use SSU TLS secure connection Oi Bacup J Enema Device O System Status Next go to System Administration gt Notification gt Alert Notification and enter your email address and specify whether you want to receive system warning alerts too besides the system error alerts You can test if the email sending process works by clicking SEND A TEST E MAIL Now no matter if you are out at work or a
312. to System Administration gt Notification gt Configure SMSC server and enter the information we got from the previous step to configure the SMSC server Overview FERE a 53 System Administration Notification Ea General Settings de Network CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE SMSC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Configure SMSC Server You can configure the SMSC settings to send instant system alens via the SMS senice provided by 3 Network Recycle Bin the SMS provider Backup System Settings SMS Semice Provider Cickatel Attphwww clickatell com D System Logs Firmware Update System Reset SSL Port 443 CI Disk Management SMSSererLoginName qnap gt LD Access Right Management SMS Serwer Login Password sssssees V Enable SSL Connection t O Network Sanices b I Applications b O Backup b 5 Extemal Device t O System Status SMS Server AFI_ID 3176048 506 Next go to System Administration gt Notification gt Alert Notification and enter your mobile number amp Backup System Semngs System Logs W Firmware Update System Reset gt O Disk Management gt D Access Right Management Network Senices gt I Applicatons m Backup gt External Dece 5 5 System Status Notification CONFIGURE SMTP SERVER CONFIGURE SMSC SERVER ALERT NOTIFICATION Alert Hotification Send system waming alert by Mo alert E mail Rotification Set
313. to 28 March 2007 543 Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law 12 No Surrender of Others Freedom If conditions are imposed on you whether by court order agreement or otherwise that contradict the conditions of this License they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations then as a consequence you may not convey it at all For example if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program 13 Use with the GNU Affero General Public License Notwithstanding any other provision of this License you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single combined work and to convey the resulting work The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License section 13 concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such 14 Revised Versions
314. to and click the Connect button LP Enter the security key if it is a security key enabled network Click NEXT and the NAS will attempt to connect to the wireless network Quick Configuration Wizard ee ONAP Network Security Information TURBO NAS Type the network security key Security Key eoneneee Step 1 of avail Network name SSID Signal quality Protocol M Show all Status Actions Ca OE Te A OC AAANAAAAAN Tut of range p 47 You can view the status of the configured network profiles The NAS is currently connected to the Wi Fi network The NAS is trying to connect to the Wi Fi network Out of range or hidden SSID The wireless signal is not available or the SSID is not broadcast Failed to get IP The NAS is connected to the Wi Fi network but could not get an IP address from the DHCP server Please check your router settings Association failed The NAS cannot connect to the Wi Fi network Please check your router settings Auto connect Automatically connect to the Wi Fi network if it is in range 48 2 Manually connect to a Wi Fi network TO manually connect to a Wi Fi network that does not broadcast its SSID network name click CONNECT TO A Wi Fi NETWORK Network TCP IP wF DDNS IPV6 Interface DHCP IP Address MAC Address Speed MTU Link Edit Wi Fi Network Connection CONNECT TO A WI FI NETWORK You can choose to connect to an ad hoc netw
315. trator Username Domain Administrator Password 430 3 Go to Print amp Fax on your Mac Personal h 28 8 o Appearance Desktop amp Expos amp inteiiaeanl Spotlight Screen Saver Spaces Hardware oS m Bluetooth CDs amp DVDs Displays Energy Keyboard amp Saver Mouse 4 Click to add a printer Click to add Ic o aad a No Printer Selected printer or fax L Default Printer Last Printer Used Default Paper Size in Page Setup a Click the lock to prevent further changes 431 5 Select the NAS workgroup and find the printer name Sa FF Se Fe Name No Selection Location No Selection Print Using H Add 6 Enter the user name and password to login the printer server on the NAS Enter your user name and password to access the print server pm 509 Connect as _ Guest Registered User E3 C Cancel Germe 432 7 Select the printer driver alanhuang meiji macbook PM 509PR mshome aa pm 509 gqadmin laptop qnap pe gatest qnap peace test gnap stevehuang Qnapcluster apnet YYFTTT TTT Name PM 509PR 7 Location Please select a driver or printer model Auto Select Generic PostScript Printer Select a driver to use 433 8 After installing the printer driver correctly you can start to use the printer D5 L g PM 509PR a PM 509PR es Idle Defa
316. ttings o System Logs W Firmware Update Restore to Factory Default 26 To use the services such as Web File Manager Download Station Multimedia Station and Surveillance Station choose the services from the drop down menu or click the icons on the login page English ba EOUICK LINES QUICK LINKS Web Server Web File Manager Customer Service ONAP wiki QMAP Forum ADMINISTRATION After you login the NAS you can click the icons on top of the page to access the services 27 2 6 System Migration System migration allows existing QNAP NAS users to upgrade your NAS to another new QNAP NAS model without the need to transfer the data or reconfigure the system You only need to install the original hard disk drives on the new NAS following its original hard drive order and restart the NAS Due to different hardware design the NAS will automatically check if a firmware update is required before system migration After the migration has finished all the settings and data will be kept and applied to the new NAS However the system settings of the source NAS cannot be imported to the destination NAS via System Administration gt Backup Restore Settings You may need to configure the NAS again if the settings were lost The following table shows the NAS models which support system migration TS x10 TS x19 TS x39 TS Firmware update required 509 TS 809 SS x39 TS x12 Firmware update not required No
317. ublic J Qusb J tick i e Printers 3 422 3 Install the correct printer driver Add Printer Wizard ij Select the manufacturer and model of your printer f your printer came with an installation disk click Have Disk If your printer is not listed consult your printer documentation for a compatible printer Manufacturer at HIP IBM infotec 5 hp busi iii 1200 Konica KONICA MINGI TA E This driver is digitally signed Tell me driver signing is important 4 When finished print a test page to verify the printer is ready to use 423 9 2 2 Windows XP Users Follow the steps below to set up your printer connection Method 1 1 Enter NAS IP in Windows Explorer 2 A printer icon is shown as a network share on the server Double click the icon 3 Install the printer driver Add Printer Wizard IF your printer came with is not listed consult your Manufacturer pl Agta Alps Apollo Apple APS PS AST ey This driver iz digitally signed Tell me why diver signing is important Cancel 4 When finished you can start to use the network printer service of the NAS 424 Method 2 The following configuration method has been verified on Windows XP only Open Printers and Faxes 2 Delete the existing network printer if any 3 Right click the blank area in the Printers and Faxes window Select Server Properties 4 Click the Ports tab and delete the po
318. ult z i C Share this printer Location Kind HP Laserjet 2200 Status Idle Default Open Print Queue Options amp Supplies Default Printer PM 509PR ie rh Click the lock to prevent further changes 434 9 2 5 Mac OS 10 4 If you are using Mac OS 10 4 follow the steps below to configure the printer function of the NAS 1 On the toolbar click Go Utilities Finder File Edit View e Window Help Back Forward 92 Enclosing Folder ap t SnapNDrag Computer HC Home 38H Network OHK Applications THA enema ns Utilities rmiWware mg Recent Folders Go to Folder Connect to Server HK Keychain Access Migration Assistant e9 ODBC Administrator A 435 3 Click Add Printer List Pelete Utility Colorsync Show Info Status 436 option 4 Press and hold the alt key on the keyboard and click More Printers concurrently eae Printer Browser Default Browser 3 IP Faen Search Bonjour Name Location Print Using Please select a driver or printer model More Printers Add 437 5 In the pop up window a Select Advanced b Select Windows Printer with SAMBA c Enter the printer name d Enter the printer URI the format is smb NAS IP printer name The printer name is found on the Device Configuration gt USB Printer page e
319. ultimedia or Multimedia folder of the NAS will be shared to the digital media players by default You can go to Basic Setup gt Sharing gt Content Locations to change the share folder or add more share folders After configuring the settings you can upload MP3 photos or video files to the specified share folders on the NAS Note If you upload multimedia files to the default share folder but the files are not shown on Media Player click Rescan content directories or Restart server on the Media Server configuration page For the information of setting up the UPnP media server of the NAS for media playing see here 50 About UPnP Universal Plug and Play UPnP is a set of computer network protocols promulgated by the UPnP Forum The purpose of UPnP is to allow the devices to connect seamlessly and to simplify the implementation of the networks at home and in the corporate environment UPnP achieves this by defining and publishing UPnP device control protocols built upon open Internet based communication standards The term UPnP is gleaned from Plug and play a technology for dynamically attaching devices to a computer directly 366 7 7 MySQL Server Note To use this feature on the TS x39 509 809 series please update the system firmware with the image file enclosed in the product CD or download the latest system firmware from http www qnap com You can enable MySQL Server as the website d
320. umes However when a drive failure occurs all data will be lost Yes F Input Encryption Password Verniy Encryption Password Use DefauttValue Save Encryption Key Enter an encryption password which will be used to unlock the encrypted volume The encryption password must be 8 16 characters long and cannot contain spaces Try to select a long password which combines letters and numbers e Use Default Value Select to use the default encryption password admin e Save Encryption Key Select to save the encryption key on the NAS this option can be changed later v If checked The NAS will unlock the encrypted disk volume automatically using the saved password when it starts up v If not checked The encrypted disk volume is locked when the NAS starts up You have to login the NAS as an administrator and enter the encryption password to unlock the disk volume Then proceed to the next step and finish the NAS installation 110 Create a new encrypted disk volume with new hard drives If your NAS has been installed and you want to create a new encrypted disk volume by installing new hard drives on the server follow the steps below 1 Install the new hard drive s to the NAS 2 Login the NAS as an administrator Go to Disk Management gt Volume Management 3 Select the disk volume you want to configure according to the number of new hard drives installed Volume Management
321. up Folder This button allows the users to find out where the files were backed up and check or manage the archived files manually Advanced Backup Advanced Backup allows the power users to back up a single folder with more advanced options 479 Backup Select the files and folders for backup E NetBak Replicator NetBak Replicator n 3 p Fab For client Backup Restore FAE OO Of Me OO oO CA Documents and Settings fl e Administrator EE ws Documents and Settings v Goal Users Bt ga Administrator CI Default User v Application Data H e Desktop 9 Favorites Local Settings 9 My Documents qc MetHood e PrintHood Ha send o Ef MIE Start Menu Start A File Filter Schedule a Monitor Save As Defaults i ib is 480 Start When you have selected the files for backup to the NAS click Start The program will start to copy the files to the specified share folder on the NAS NetBak Replicator F Copying Dw FormC Contest xml From C Documents and SettingstAdministrator Application Data Macromedia Dreamweaver 6 Lontiguration Menus Cache 4cceleratars A ASUNCA106 10 18 backup RehREIDESETOPSDisk CADocuments and Sethngs4drministratorapplication DataM acromedia D rearniiweaver et om r pi ILJ A a I IL I 1 I Eee __ Total 17 34 File s 1 081 Folder s 14 08 G Bute s Progress 9 Files 3 75 M Bytes E rror 0 File s 0 Bytefs A
322. user and user group settings YOU can import multiple users and their settings to the MAS from a TAT CSY or BIN file settings from another WAS For detailed Instructions please refer to the online help Overwrite duplicate users Browse i Export user and group account settings Note that the quota settings can be exported only when the quota function is enabled in Access Right Management gt Quota 169 Im port users Before you import users to the NAS make sure you have backed up the users settings by exporting the users Follow the steps below to import users to the NAS 1 Click Import Export Users Home gt gt Access Right Management gt gt Users Welcome admin Logout English eee Se ee eee eS Users z7 localusers w e g Create a New User Create Multiple Users Import Export users admin GEIEBIE M messagebus i DoD O alex i DEDE ail E ivan z poge icecast wale 2 Select Import user and user group settings Select the option Overwrite duplicate users to overwrite existing users on the NAS Import Export Users ONAP Import Export Users TURBO NAS Import user and user group settings YOU can import multiple users and their settings to the MAS from a Ts SY or BIN file settings from another MASI For detailed Instructions please refer to the online help overwrite duplicate users cADocuments and Se Browse
323. users user 4 Userus CARCEL Click Finish to complete the setup Create A Share Folder ONAP Setup complete TURBO NAS The new share folder has been created successfully lick FINISH to exit otep r oft FINISH 182 To delete a share folder select the folder checkbox and click Delete You can select the option Also delete the data in these folder s to delete the folder and the files in it If you select not to delete the folder data the data will be retained in the NAS You can create a folder of the same name again to access the data Share Folders SHARE FOLDERS ISO SHARE FOLDERS FOLDER AGGREGATION ADVANCED OPTIONS _ _ a New share Folder Restore Default Network Shares M mm BArATA gt v BEATE 5 e BAPTA 7 e G PAPA All the selected share folder s will be removed Are WOU Sure Also delete the data in these folderts Public 26 55 GB 319 1650 No LWes Recordings a8 KE 19 2 No E Usb 28 KB 4 20 No E Web 236 48 MB 263 708 No ES aaa 4 KB 0 0 No gpg ivan 4 7 MB 0 1 No BAawBows 183 eee To edit the folder property Specify to hide or shown the Folder property folder enable or disable oplocks folder path comment and enable or disable write only access on FTP connection o Edit folder permissions and subfolders permissions Folder permissions Specify NFS access right to the network share An a
324. ver agues iE i Cechie eure Of peated F abled it pour server is running wa BSL set ths fo mabied mum wr fis enaided and acd cuewiidg ra SSL ral result nn server errors daring ragivects Piette server UAL sefheegs oT yee F wy E sei ip yer dee eres i face wv ba uera it Pavo o Ha es sad ab Maraban i mep settings are forged aneor nei prods i terri by Hha Cites SSCL DAMES hiipi W LLIT TEREN Dumain mame hazas OO Tar a T E S oppo ac 526 phpBB3 creates all the database tables and populates some initial data at this stage Click Proceed to next step Introduction The database tables used by php88 3 0 have been created p Requirements initial data Proceed to the next screen to finish installi Jir Administrator details Creste database tables Now there is one more thing you need to do is that you have to delete the installation folder located under the phpBB3 folder Once deleted you can click Login to enter the administration page of phpBB3 Congratulations You have now successfully installed phpBB 3 0 1 5 From here you have two options as to what to do with your newly installed phpBB Convert an existing board to phpBB The php88 Unified Convertor Framework supports the conversion of phpBB 2 0 x and other board systems to phpBB If you have an easting board that you wish to convert please proceed on to the convertor Go live with your phpBB3 Clicking th
325. virtual Host After enabling this function you can create multiple websites by Uploading Yeb files to each folder Y Enable Virtual Host APPLY Create New virtual Host C sitet jnysite com fweblsital_miysite HTTP a CJ site 2 mysite com fweblsitas miysite HTTP a0 E Wn ry Site cam Web hay my site HTTP a 260 8 Create a folder for each website sitel_mysite site2_mysite and www_mysite2 and start transferring the website files to the corresponding folders Organize Burn New folder 4 pi Downloads a Web Sites b Joomla bi phpBB3 gt d WordPress m E Ft aMi lm ms E F ES TUCIA E Pr Lo T from Joomla C Users Joomla to sitel_mysite P sitel_mysite About 3 Minutes and 30 Seconds remaining M More details Once the files transfers complete point your web browser to the websites by http NAS_host_name or https NAS_host_name according to your settings In this example the URLs are http sitel mysite com http site2 mysite com http www mysite2 com You should see the Joomla phpBB3 and WordPress web pages respectively 261 6 8 Network Service Discovery UPnP Discovery Service When a UPnP device is added to the network the UPnP discovery protocol allows the device to advertise its services to the control points on the network By enabling UPnP Discovery Service the NAS can be discovered by any operating systems that support UPnP Home gt gt Network Services
326. vv ryy rvy 666 rvv ryy rvy 666 rvv ryy ryy 666 rvv ryy ryy Owner admin hittpdusr admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin admin Group administrators everyone administrators administrators administrators administrators administrators administrators administrators administrators administrators administrators administrators administrators administrators v Display ltem 1 50 Total 62 Show 50 v items Disk info Used Size 22 95 GB Free Size 122 28 GB 270 Mount ISO Shares To mount an ISO file on the NAS as a share folder follow the steps below Locate the ISO file on the NAS Right click the file and select Mount ISO 7 test S150 O BE amp 7 o0 Mame Size Type m F TSCD 859U 20100514 32 6 cksum 526 CRSUM File F_TSCD_859L_20100514_3 2 Biso fee ep ERTE l o Download ee 55 439_3 1 1_Build0515 img 85 439 3 414 _Build0e15 zip o Mount Io o Move o Copy amp 9 Delete Rename Properties Enter the share folder name and click OK Mount I50 share folder F_TScD_859U_ 20100 Mame Click OK to confirm System message i This 50 share F_TSCO 859 20100514 3 2 6 has been mounted successfully 271 The ISO share folder will appear on the share folder list You can access the contents of the ISO image file You can login the NAS web interface with an administrator account
327. way from home you will still be notified of any NAS error and warning right away by either an SMS sent to your mobile or an email and be able to act in case of any unexpected events 508 16 Set up UPnP Media Server for Media Playing This section shows you how to set up the UPnP media server on QNAP NAS to share the multimedia files to the media player on the local network and play them in your home entertainment system A 4 a DSUCabe MAT roulis LAR 192 160 1 1 LAN 192 168 1 34 509 Enable UPnP Media Server Go to Application Servers gt UPnP Media Server and select the option Enabled UPnP Media Server and click Apply The UPnP Media Server function is now ready Overview gt E System Adminisraton UPnP Media Server C Disk Management N gt C Access Right Management M UPnP Media Server gt O Network Semices 4 j Applications F Enable UPnP Media W Web File Manager F after enabling this service dick the following link to enter UPnP Media Server a conigurston page Mipi taz 1681 379000 510 Set up TwonkyMedia Server The TwonkyMedia version shown in this example is 4 4 2 The actual version the NAS supports may vary from time to time without notice Point your browser to http NAS IP 9000 you will enter TwonkyMedia configuration page You can specify the locations of the contents you would like to share in your home network under the Content Locati
328. word immediately after logging in to the phpMyAdmin management interface SQLite Management Follow the steps below or refer to the INSTALL file in the downloaded SQLiteManager tar gz to install SQLiteManager 1 Unpack your downloaded file SQLiteManager tar gz 2 Upload the unpacked folder SQLiteManager to NAS IP Web or NASIP Qweb 3 Open your web browser and go to http NAS IP SQLiteManager The symbol refers to the version number of SQLiteManager Z57 6 7 1 Virtual Host Virtual host is a web server technique that provides the capability to host more than one domain website on one physical host offers a cost effective solution for personal and small business with such need You can host multiple websites maximum 32 on the NAS with this feature In this tutorial we will use the information provided in the table below as the reference guide WAN IP 111 222 333 444 Qweb sitel_mysite Joomla sitel mysite com LAN IP 10 8 12 45 NAS t Qweb site2_mysite WordPress site2 mysite com Port 80 NAS l Qweb www_mysite2 phpBB3 www mysite2 com Before you start make sure you have checked the following items e Web Server Enable Web Server in Network Services gt Web Server e DNS records The host name must point to the WAN IP of your NAS and you can normally configure this from your DNS service providers e Port forwarding If the web server listens on port 80 you need t
329. y of the NAS is running out of use At the same time the price of 1TB hard drives has dropped to a large extent STEP 2 STEP 5 Replace the drive 1 2 3 4 mod 84 Operation procedure In Disk Management gt RAID Management select the disk volume for expansion and click EXPAND CAPACITY E Grenin O Srem aaminieraion RAID Management z7 This Aoi enaites cigi expansion RAID condquraben aa of spare deve bauri wih Ht oiga a dala i Hota Wain sare you hag read fie insidos canal and pou fell undestand he comed operon procedure before using his function RAID S Disk Volume Ome T2345 E O System Status For Seta d ms incticeds pipggg Oc are Click Change for the first hard drive to be replaced Follow the instructions to proceed RAID Management Expand capacity Select the drive to add Expand Capacity 232 89GB teat Change You can replace this drive 232 89GB each Change You can replace this drive 232 89GB You can replace this drive WOC WD2500AAKS QOVYA12 0 232 89 GB ead Change You can replace this drive WOC WD2500AAKS 00WYA12 0 232 89GB Change You can replace this drive Target Disk Volume RAID 5 Desk Volume Dre 12345 EXPAMD CAPACITY BACK Tip After replacing the hard drive the description field shows the message You can replace this drive This means you can replace the hard drive to a
330. ying right away JOE DUTT LIBRARY Name I Artist A J Music Winter Wonderland Lisa Ono Boas Festas H Movies E TY Shows Podcasts iy Radio STORE 5 iTunes Store SHARED te NASAC68C6 YPLAYLISTS gt Party Shuffle ee 90 s Music ee Music Videos ee My Top Rated ee Recently Added ek Recently Played ee Top 25 Most Played Depois Do Natal Lisa Ono Boas Festas Let It Snow Let It Snow Let It 5 Caroling Caroling Jingle Bell Rock White Christmas Noite de Natal Paz Azul Brahms Lullaby Ave Maria The Christmas Song Boas Festas Um Anjo Do C u Inthe Wee Small Hours of the Mo Silent Night 01 Beautiful Woman mp3 02 Salesman mp3 03 Fill This Night mp3 04 Cry Out Loud mp3 05 I Will Give You Everything mp3 06 Come Alive mp3 g 07 SAAS Amps 08 Be My Love English Ver Ho 09 S mp3 10 Color Your Soul mp3 Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ona Lisa Ona Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono Lisa Ono 364 Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Boas Festas Color your soul MORE FROM GORILLAZ IE k a tat Click the triangle icon next to the NAS name The smart playlists defined earlier will be shown The songs are categorized accordingly You can start to use iTunes to play the music on your NAS File
331. ze You can connect to the web page of the NAS to check the status later 96 Use Online RAID Capacity Expansion and Online RAID Level Migration Scenario You had a tight schedule to set up the file server and FTP server However you had only one 250GB hard drive Therefore you set up the TS 509 Pro with the single disk configuration The original plan was to set up a 3TB RAID 5 network data centre with TS 509 Pro You now planned to upgrade the disk configuration of TS 509 Pro to RAID 5 and expand the total storage capacity to 3TB with all the original data retained after the hard drives are purchased RAID Level Migration Single to RAID 5 RAID Capacity Expansion 750GB to 3TB Execute online RAID level migration to migrate the system from single disk to RAID 5 The total storage Capacity will be 750GB RAID 5 with one 250GB hard drive and three 1TB hard drives the disk usage will be 250GB 4 for RAID 5 You can refer to the previous step for the operation procedure Execute online RAID capacity expansion to replace the 250GB hard drive with a new 1TB hard drive and then expand the logical volume from 750GB to 3TB of RAID 5 You can refer to the previous step for the operation procedure 97 Add a hard drive Follow the steps below to add a hard drive member to a RAID 5 or RAID 6 disk configuration i 2 Make sure the status of the RAID 5 or RAID 6 configuration is Ready Install a hard drive on the NAS If you have

QNAP TS-559 PRO+

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents